prueba servicios

NT0H65AQNT0H65AQ 323-1701-090

Nortel

Optical Metro 5100/5200About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library

What’s inside...Documentation overviewRelease historyList of termsMaster index

Standard Release 10.0 Issue 1 August 2007

This document is protected by copyright laws and international treaties. All information, copyrights and any other intellectual property rights contained in this document are the property of Nortel Networks. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein and this document shall not be published, copied, produced or reproduced, modified, translated, compiled, distributed, displayed or transmitted, in whole or part, in any form or media.

This information is provided “as is”, and Nortel Networks does not make or provide any warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability, non-infringement of third party intellectual property rights, and fitness for a particular purpose.

Nortel, the Nortel logo, the Globemark, and OPTera are trademarks of Nortel Networks.HP and HP-UX are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard, Inc. Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corporation. Internet Explorer, Windows, and Windows Vista are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Netscape Communicator is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation. Common Desktop Environment, Java, Solaris, and Ultra are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Company Limited.

Printed in Canada

Copyright 2000–2007 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved

iii

Contents 0

About this document vAudience for this document vOptical Metro 5100/5200 library viTechnical assistance service telephone numbers viii

Documentation overview 1-1Guide and NTP description 1-1

Release history 2-1Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 10.0 2-1Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 9.2 2-2Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 9.0 2-3Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 8.0 2-4Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 7.0 2-6Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 6.1 2-7Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 6.0 2-8Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 5.0 2-10Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 4.1 2-11Optical Metro 5200 Release 4.0 2-12Optical Metro 5200 Release 3.2 2-12

List of terms 3-1

Master index 4-1

About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

iv Contents

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Multiservice Platform 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

v

About this document 0This document introduces the documentation library for Release 10.0 of theNortel Optical Metro 5100/5200 (identified prior to Release 7 as NortelNetworks OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform).

The document contains the following information:

• technical support

• overview of the documentation suite

• release history

• glossary

• master index

Audience for this documentThe Optical Metro 5100/5200 library is intended for the following audience:

• strategic and current planners

• provisioners

• installers

• transmission standards engineers

• field maintenance engineers

• system line-up and testing (SLAT) personnel

• maintenance technicians

• network administrators


vi About this document

Optical Metro 5100/5200 libraryThe Optical Metro 5100/5200 library consists of the Nortel Optical Metro5100/5200 Technical Publications, NT0H65AQ.

Technical publicationsThe Optical Metro 5100/5200 Technical Publications (NTPs) consist ofdescriptive information and procedures.

Descriptive informationThese NTPs provide detailed descriptive information about the Optical Metro5100/5200, including system, software, and hardware descriptions, technicalspecifications, ordering information, and TL1 user information.

ProceduresThese NTPs contain all procedures required to install, provision, and maintainthe Optical Metro 5100/5200.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

About this document vii

The following roadmap lists the documents in the Optical Metro 5100/5200library.

OM2999

Maintaining andTroubleshooting

a Network

Installing,Commissioning andTesting a Network

Managing, Provisioning and

Testing a Network

Provisioning andOperating

Procedures Part 1(323-1701-310)

Provisioning andOperating

Procedures Part 2(323-1701-310)

Trouble Clearingand Alarm

Reference Guide,Part 1

(323-1701-542)



(323-1701-542)

Maintenance andReplacementProcedures

(323-1701-546)



(323-1701-542)



(323-1701-542)

Planning aNetwork

About the NTPLibrary

(323-1701-090)

Network Planningand Link Engineering

Part 1(323-1701-110)

Software and UserInterface, Part 1(323-1701-101)

Software and UserInterface, Part 2(323-1701-101)

Hardware DescriptionPart 1

(323-1701-102)

Hardware DescriptionPart 2

(323-1701-102)

TL1 Interface,Part 1

(323-1701-190)

Installing OpticalMetro 5200 Shelvesand Components,

Part 1(323-1701-201)

Installing OpticalMetro 5200 Shelvesand Components,

Part 2(323-1701-201)

CommissioningProcedures

(323-1701-220)

ConnectionProcedures

Part 1(323-1701-221)

Installing Optical Metro 5100 Shelvesand Components,

Part 1(323-1701-210)

Installing Optical Metro 5100 Shelvesand Components,

Part 2(323-1701-210)

Testing andEqualizationProcedures

(323-1701-222)

CustomerAcceptance Testing

Procedures(323-1701-330)


(323-1701-190)


(323-1701-190)


(323-1701-190)


Part 2(323-1701-110)


Part 3(323-1701-110)

ConnectionProcedures

Part 2(323-1701-221)



(323-1701-542)

Planning Guide(NTY410AN)

TechnicalSpecifications

(323-1701-180)


viii About this document

Technical assistance service telephone numbersFor technical support and information from Nortel, refer to the following table.

Technical Assistance Service

For service-affecting problems:For 24-hour emergency recovery or software upgrade support, that is, for:

• restoration of service for equipment that has been carrying traffic and is out of service

• issues that prevent traffic protection switching

• issues that prevent completion of software upgrades

North America: 1-800-4NORTEL (1-800-466-7835)

International: 001-919-992-8300

For non-service-affecting problems:For 24-hour support on issues requiring immediate support or for 14-hour support (8 a.m. to 10 p.m. EST) on upgrade notification and non-urgent issues.

North America:1-800-4NORTEL (1-800-466-7835)

Note: You require an express routing code (ERC). To determine the ERC, see our corporate Web site at www.nortel.com. Click on the Express Routing Codes link.

International: Varies according to country. For a list of telephone numbers, see our corporate Web site at www.nortel.com. Click on the Contact Us link.

Global software upgrade support: North America:1-800-4NORTEL (1-800-466-7835)

International: Varies according to country. For a list of telephone numbers, see our corporate Web site at www.nortel.com. Click on the Contact Us link.


1-1

Documentation overview 1-Guide and NTP description

This list provides a summary of each guide and NTP within the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP library.

• Optical Metro 5100/5200, Release 10.0 Planning Guide, NTY410AN

• About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library, 323-1701-090

This NTP introduces the documentation library for the Optical Metro 5100/5200. The document covers the following topics:

— introduction to the Optical Metro 5100/5200 library

— release history for the Optical Metro 5100/5200 library

— list of terms

— master index

• Software and User Interface, 323-1701-101, Part 1

This document describes the software and user interface. The document covers the following topics:

— System Manager

— fault sectionalization

— overview of performance monitoring

— optical path protection switching

— SNMP surveillance MIB

— software features

• Software and User Interface, 323-1701-101, Part 2

This document describes the software and user interface. The document covers the following topics:

— System Manager windows and fields


1-2 Documentation overview

• Hardware Description, 323-1701-102, Part 1

This document describes the hardware components of the Optical Metro 5100/5200 and the functionality of each.

— Optical Metro 5200 shelves

— Optical Metro 5100 shelves

— Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf installation kit

— General circuit pack information

— OCI circuit packs

— OCLD circuit packs

— OTR circuit packs

— Muxponder circuit packs

— OCM circuit packs

— OSC circuit packs

— SP circuit packs

— OFA circuit packs

— APBE circuit packs

— Filler cards

• Hardware Description, 323-1701-102, Part 2

This document describes the hardware components of the Optical Metro 5100/5200 and the functionality of each.

— OMX modules

— OSC trays

— C&L splitter/coupler

— ECT

— Per Band Equalizer

— Ethernet hub

— Cables and optical patch cords

— Rectifiers

— Patch panel

— Transponder Protection Tray

— Optical Trunk Switch

— Enhanced Trunk Switch

— Photonic Trunk Switch

— OME1110 module


Documentation overview 1-3

— Fiber Manager

— 1310 nm splitter/coupler

— Equipment Inventory Unit

— Discrete VOA

— DSCMs

• Network Planning and Link Engineering, 323-1701-110, Part 1

Part 1 of the document provides information about network planning and link engineering in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network. Topics covered include the following:

— system description

— building blocks

— supported configurations

— network interoperability


Part 2 of the document covers additional information about network planning and link engineering in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network. Topics covered include the following:

— link engineering prerequisites

— link engineering components

— link engineering rules

— basic fixed value link engineering

— remodeling a network plan for optimal link budgets

— data communications in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network

— network security planning


Part 3 of the document covers additional information about network planning and link engineering in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network. Topics covered include the following:

— site requirements and equipping rules

— ordering information

— fiber characterization

— custom link engineering design output



• Technical Specifications, 323-1701-180

This document provides information about the specifications for Optical Metro 5100/5200 hardware. It also contains specifications for protection switching and regulatory information. Topics covered include the following:

— hardware specifications

— circuit pack specifications

— compatibility requirements

— system performance specifications

— standards and regulations

— examples of power consumption in Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelves

• TL1 Interface, 323-1701-190, Part 1

This document provides general information about the TL1 command interface, as well a description of the supported commands. Topics covered include the following:

— introduction of TL1

— detailed command descriptions


This document covers further TL1 detailed command descriptions.


This document covers further TL1 detailed command descriptions, as well as autonomous messages, error codes, and the shelf backup and restore procedures.


This document covers the TL1 detailed command descriptions for the Enhanced Trunk Switch.

• Installing Optical Metro 5200 Shelves and Components, 323-1701-201, Part 1

This document provides procedures for installing shelves in a site, and installing components in an Optical Metro 5200 shelf. Topics covered include the following:

— observing safety guidelines

— preparing for installation

— installing a rack

— installing Optical Metro 5200 shelves and equipment

— installing Optical Multiservice Edge 1110 equipment




This document provides additional installation procedures for the Optical Metro 5200 shelf. Topics covered include the following:

— connecting power

— installing peripheral cables

— installing circuit packs

— fiber management

— cleaning connectors


This document provides procedures for installing shelves in a site, and installing components in an Optical Metro 5100 shelf. Topics covered include the following:

— observing safety guidelines

— preparing for installation

— installing a frame

— installing Optical Metro 5100 shelves and equipment


This document provides additional installation procedures for the Optical Metro 5100 shelf. Topics covered include the following:

— connecting power

— installing peripheral cables

— installing circuit packs

— fiber management

— cleaning connectors

• Commissioning Procedures, 323-1701-220

This document provides procedures for commissioning the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:

— installing the System Manager

— preparing a shelf for commissioning

— commissioning a shelf

— commissioning the Enhanced Trunk Switch

— commissioning the Photonic Trunk Switch

— commissioning the OME1110



• Connection Procedures, 323-1701-221, Part 1

Part 1 of the document provides connection procedures for the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:

— accessing internal connectors

— preparing to connect optical components

• Connection Procedures, 323-1701-221, Part 2

Part 2 of the document provides procedures for connecting components for the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:

— connecting components

• Testing and Equalization Procedures, 323-1701-222

This document describes the recommended testing and equalization procedures for the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:

— shelf, site, and system testing procedures

— equalizing amplified networks

• Provisioning and Operating Procedures, 323-1701-310, Part 1

Part 1 of this document provides information about provisioning and operating the Optical Metro 5100/5200 using the System Manager interface. Topics covered include the following:

— using the System Manager

— managing security and user accounts

• Provisioning and Operating Procedures, 323-1701-310, Part 2

Part 2 of this document provides additional information about provisioning and operating the Optical Metro 5100/5200 using the System Manager interface. Topics covered include the following:

— provisioning circuit packs and managing traffic

— shelf management procedures

— upgrading the software

— operating the Optical Trunk Switch

— performance monitoring procedures

— operating the Enhanced Trunk Switch

— operating the Photonic Trunk Switch



• Customer Acceptance Testing Procedures, 323-1701-330

This document provides optional customer acceptance testing procedures for protocols supported by the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:

— ESCON long duration testing

— Fibre Channel long duration testing

— Gigabit Ethernet long duration testing

— SONET/SDH long duration testing

— MPEG transmission over a Muxponder link test procedures

• Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide, 323-1701-542, Part 1

Part 1 of this document provides general information about alarms, as well as procedures for clearing alarms on the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:

— troubleshooting the Optical Metro 5100/5200

— troubleshooting fault sectionalization and system level equalization control

— alarm description

— installation troubleshooting procedures

— clearing OCI and SRM alarms

— clearing OCI SRM GbE/FC and OCI SRM GbE alarms

— clearing OCM alarms


Part 2 of this document covers the following alarm clearing procedures:

— clearing OCLD alarms

— clearing OMX alarms

— clearing ECT or PBE alarms

— clearing OFA alarms

— clearing APBE alarms



— clearing OTR alarms





— clearing shelf and SP alarms

— clearing PM alarms

— clearing OSC alarms

— clearing C&L splitter/coupler alarms

— clearing equipment inventory unit alarms

— clearing 1310 nm splitter/coupler alarms

— clearing transponder protection tray alarms

— clearing discrete VOA alarms

— clearing security alarms

— troubleshooting the Enhanced Trunk Switch

— troubleshooting the Optical Trunk Switch

— clearing DSCM alarms

— maintaining a Photonic Trunk Switch

— OME1110 troubleshooting and alarm clearing



— clearing Muxponder alarms

• Maintenance and Replacement Procedures, 323-1701-546

This document provides information about maintaining the hardware components of the Optical Metro 5100/5200. Topics covered include the following:

— maintenance

— replacing shelf components

— replacing circuit packs

— replacing OME1110 equipment


2-1

Release history 2-The following information describes the feature content and NTP restructuring of this release and previous standard releases.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 10.0August 2007

Release 10.0 introduces the following new hardware:

• Muxponder 10 Gbit/s OTN 4xOC48/STM16 circuit pack

• Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s FC/GbE EFM circuit pack

• OTR 4 Gbit/s FC circuit pack

• DWDM OC48/STM16/FC400 SFPs

• Photonic Trunk Switch

• Optical Multiservice Edge 1110 (OME1110)

Release 10.0 offers the following new operations, administration, management, and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality:

• Security enhancements (SNMP v3 support)

• Optical power history performance monitoring

• 50 GHz grid software support for CPL 10 Gbit/s tunable circuit packs

• ETR, CLO, and ISC3 bidirectional protection support

• Transponder protection tray (TPT) protection for Muxponder 10 Gbit/s circuit packs

• Ethernet switch on eSP

• 802.3ah support for OME1110 service modules

• Hairpinning

• SFP digital diagnosis


2-2 Release history

The following are changes to the NTP library for Release 10.0:

• The Software and User Interface NTP, 323-1701-101, has been split into two parts (Part 1 and Part 2).

• The Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide NTP, 323-1701-542, is now split into five parts (Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, Part 4, and Part 5). Was previously split into four parts.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 9.2November 2006


• OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz (Dual Band Dense - 100 GHz)

— OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 1 - Band 2

— OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 3 - Band 4

• OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz (Single Band Dense - 100 GHz)

— OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 1 Odd

— OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz Band 1 Even







• Per Band Equalizer C-band 100 GHz

• New variants of the following existing circuit packs to support 32 channels in the C-band.

— OCLD 2.5 Gbit/s Universal

— OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Universal 850 nm

— OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Universal 1310 nm

— OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra

— Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT Extended Reach


Release history 2-3

Release 9.2 offers the following new operations, administration, management, and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality:

• IP Security which is a protocol suite that is implemented on a network element to automatically and transparently secure all network applications that use that network element.

• Security enhancements

— User and password related enhancements:

– Password is changeable only after a configurable minimum interval (shelf level).

– Per user ID intrusion attempt threshold.

— Login session related enhancements:

– Limiting the number of active user login sessions of the same user ID (system level).

— Event log related enhancements:

– Sequence label introduced in log entries.

– Extra event log for unauthorized attempts to access resources. This can be enabled and disabled (default) at system level.

— Login related enhancements

– Last Login information screen.

– Last successful and last failed Login is reported on a per user basis.

• Support for 32 channel C-band hardware

• Disabling of line side FEC on the Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT ER circuit packs to allow the interoperability with the OME6500 Broadband.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 9.0June 2006


• Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s GbE and GbE/FC circuit packs

• OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra circuit pack

• Tunable laser circuit packs:

— OTR 10 Gbit/s Enhanced DWDM Tunable

— OTR 10 Gbit/s Enhanced DWDM Tunable 100 GHz

— Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT DWDM Tunable

— Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT DWDM Tunable 100 GHz

• Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT Extended Reach circuit pack

• Enhanced Shelf Processor


2-4 Release history

• 1000BaseZX SFP TX on Muxponder

• Optical Metro 5100 Shelf with AC power

Release 9.0 introduces the following network and service layer topologies:

• Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s circuit pack network and service layer topologies

• OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra circuit pack network and service layer topologies

Release 9.0 offers the following new site-level configurations:

• Unprotected Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s configurations to achieve 5.0 Gbit/s capacity

• New Extended Metro DWDM with DSCM topologies

Release 9.0 offers the following new operations, administration, management, and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality.

• Security Enhancements, including complex password enforcement for up to 75 configurable users.

• Network Time Protocol enhancement to support time-of-day synchronization from external NTP clients on GNE shelves.

• Mixed Shelf configuration enhancements to reduce the cost and site footprint in certain applications.

• SMI enhancements to support NTP enhancements.

• PM Layer Rate enhancement to support PM related messages, such as TCA and PM and OM retrieval.

• SNMP enhancements so that performance monitoring and operation measurement counts report traps.

• Alarm suppression for interoperability with the Common Photonic Layer systems.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 8.0April 2005


• Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT circuit pack

• OFA VGA circuit pack

• APBE Enhanced circuit pack

• OCLD/OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Universal circuit packs

• OMX 4CH CWDM with dual taps

• Patch panel 20 port

• Enhancement to Extended Metro DWDM Solution with DSCM

• Enhancement to the dispersion specification for the OCLD/OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Flex 100 GHz circuit packs


Release history 2-5

Release 8.0 introduces the following network and service layer topologies:

• Muxponder 10 Gbit/s circuit packs network and service layer topologies

• SRM and ESCON SRM interoperable topologies using OTR

Release 8.0 offers the following new site-level configurations:

• Optical Fiber Amplifier (OFA) shelf topologies

• Dual OFA optical layer topologies

• New Extended Metro DWDM with DSCM topologies

Release 8.0 offers the following new operations, administration, management, and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality.

• System Level Equalization Control (SLEC)

• Mixed Shelf Type

• Customer User Classes

• Exceed support for System Manager

• Passive device slot numbering in Shelf Level Graphics

• Band 9 support for 100 GHz circuit packs

• Additional Troubleshooting Info

• Alarm Severity Provisioning

• Alarm Indication Detail

• OM Binning

• Provisionable PM Bin Zero Suppression

• Security Enhancements

• OC-3/STM-1 support on OTR 2.5 Gbit/s Flex 100 GHz 1310 nm circuit pack

• DMIF protocol support

• Orion protocol support

• SRM and ESCON SRM interoperable topologies using OTR

• OCI SRM GbE, OCI SRM GbE/FC and OCI SRM GbE/FC Enhanced circuit pack enhancements

• Inventory support for OADM ITU CWDM OMXs

• Inventory support for DSCMs

• New OFA and APBE Locations

• APBE associated equipment attributes

• New Component Level Power Equalization System Manager screens


2-6 Release history


• Hardware Description, 323-1701-102, has been split into two NTP parts (Part 1 and Part 2).

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 7.0September 2004

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 7.0 introduces the following new hardware:

• Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC

• OCI SRM GbE (1310 nm or 850 nm)

• 100 GHz circuit packs for Common Photonic Layer interworking

• OMX 16CH DWDM

• Enhanced Trunk Switch

• OSC Splitter/Coupler tray with dual taps

• Extended Metro DWDM solution with DSCM

• Mode-conditioning plug

• OCI SRM 1310 nm LC

• OMX 1CH and 4CH OADM ITU CWDM

• Optical Metro 5200 shelf assembly modified for OMX variants (11 U high) Enhanced

Release 7.0 offers the following new OAM&P functionality:

• wait-to-restore provisioning from 5 to 12 minutes to 1 to 12 minutes in protected configurations

• Shelf Level Graphics improvements to facilitate alarm detection and highlight the distinction between in-service and out-of-service equipment on the Shelf Level Graphics window

• masking of alarms for out-of-service equipment

This feature allows masking of overhead related alarms for out-of-service equipment. Other facility and equipment alarms are already masked when the corresponding equipment is out-of-service.

• a new “Software Library Transfer Incomplete” alarm indicates the failure of a software load transfer to a network element

• Target Identifier (TID) enhancements

• in-service provisioning of Per-Wavelength Optical Service Channel (PWOSC)

• database enhancements including backup database on Shelf Processor (SP), flashing LED during database copy, and database related alarms change.


Release history 2-7

• G-Link protocol support

• correct alarm severity for pass-through and OTR protected connections

• user provisionable slot number (UPSN)


• Installing Optical Metro 5200 Shelves and Components, 323-1701-201, and Installing Optical Metro 5100 Shelves and Components, 323-1701-210, have each been split into two NTP parts (Part 1 and Part 2).

• TL1 Interface, 323-1701-190, has been expanded from two NTP parts to four NTP parts (Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, and Part 4). Part 4 contains information on Comms module commands and Switch module commands associated with the Enhanced Trunk Switch that is introduced in Release 7.0.

• Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide, 323-1701-542, has been expanded from three NTP parts to four NTP parts (Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, and Part 4).

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 6.1December 2003

OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform Release 6.1 introduces the following new hardware:

• OCI SRM GbE/FC Enhanced (1310nm or 850 nm)

• OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE

• OTR 10 Gbit/s Enhanced

• OMX 4CH Enhanced

• equipment inventory unit (EIU)

• discrete variable optical attenuator (VOA)

Release 6.1 offers the following new OAM&P functionality:

• on the OCI SRM ESCON, OSI SRM GbE/FC, and OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE circuit packs, terminal loopbacks are supported on individual client ports (which enables the debugging of a single connection without impacting the traffic on the other connections).

• security enhancements, including:

— local provisionable user accounts

— RADIUS user authentication

— challenge/response user login mechanism

— login warning banners

— intrusion attempt handling


2-8 Release history

— inactive TL1 session timeout

— encryption of user login information

— IP forwarding control on Ethernet port 1

— Alarm/Event reporting changes

• private IP addresses

• summary TCAs for simplified TCA monitoring and clearing, and for system performance optimization

• PM enhancements (circuit pack level operations)

• optional wavelength consistency validation

• removal of east/west limitations for bridge shelves

• increase in inventoried passive devices

• remote fault notification


• Connection and Commissioning Procedures, 323-1701-220, has been split into two separate NTPs. Commissioning Procedures, 323-1701-220, contains information on installing the System Manager, preparing the shelf for commissioning, commissioning the shelf, and configuring a remote connection to the System Manager. Connection Procedures, 323-1701-221, Part 1 contains information on accessing internal connectors and preparing to connect optical components. Connection Procedures, 323-1701-221, Part 2 contains information on connecting components.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 6.0May 2003

OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform Release 6.0 introduces ITU CWDM systems—a new cost-effective solution for deploying eight channels that comply with ITU-T WD16-8 CWDM standards. The following new hardware components are being offered to support the ITU CWDM solution:

• ITU CWDM-compliant OCLD and OTR circuit packs

• four-channel ITU CWDM OMX

• eight-channel ITU CWDM OMX

• 1310 nm splitter/coupler


Release history 2-9

In addition to the ITU CWDM-compliant OCLD and OTR circuit packs, release 6.0 offers the following new circuit packs:

• Client-side circuit packs

— OCI SRM GbE/FC

— OCI SRM ESCON

• Line-side DWDM circuit packs

— 2.5 Gbit/s Flex OTR (850 nm) (standard and extended reach)

• Line-side CWDM circuit packs

— 2.5 Gbit/s Flex OTR (850 nm) (standard reach)

— 2.5 Gbit/s Flex OTR (1310 nm) (standard reach)

— 2.5 Gbit/s Flex OCLD (standard reach)

Release 6.0 offers the following new OAM&P functionality.

• Backout server and multiple catalog files is a System Manager enhancement that frees up additional space in the SP memory storage subsystem by providing temporary file storage for the old release files (“from”) during an upgrade. This feature is now fully operational.

• Performance monitoring enhancements, including

— signal failure count performance parameters on OCI SRM, OCI (except OCI SONET), OTR, OCLD, and OFA circuit packs

— GigE, 8B10B, section, line and path performance parameters and operational measurements on the OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack

— 8B10B, path and section performance parameters on the OCI SRM ESCON circuit pack

• Ethernet port 2 access control

• equipment ring number renamed to optical system identifier (OSID)


• The Connection and Commissioning Procedures NTP, 323-1701-220, has been split into three NTPs (Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3). Part 1 contains information on installing the System Manager, preparing the shelf for commissioning, commissioning the shelf, and configuring a remote connection to the System Manager. Part 2 contains information on accessing internal connectors and preparing to connect optical components. Part 2 contains information on connecting components.

• The Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide NTP, 323-1701-542, has been split into three NTPs (Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3). The Network Planning and Link Engineering NTP, 323-1701-110, has been split into two NTPs (Part 1 and Part 2).


2-10 Release history

• The “Cleaning Components” information and procedures have been consolidated into the Installing OPTera Metro 5100 Shelves and Components NTP, 323-1701-210, and the Installing OPTera Metro 5200 Shelves and Components NTP, 323-1701-201. Cleaning information is no longer present in the Maintenance and Replacement Procedures NTP, 323-1701-546.

• A new NTP has been added to the suite, Customer Acceptance Testing Procedures, 323-1701-330, containing optional customer acceptance testing procedures for protocols supported by the OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform. This NTP contains information on ESCON long duration testing, Fibre Channel long duration testing, Gigabit Ethernet long duration testing, and SONET long duration testing.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 5.0October 2002

OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform Release 5.0 introduces the 2.5 Gbit/s Flex OCLD and OTR circuit packs, the 1.25 Gbit/s OCI GbE circuit packs with power monitoring, the high input power (HIP) amplifier, and the AC power rectifier (1U APRS) for the Optical Metro 5100 shelf.

Release 5.0 also introduces the following OAM&P features:

• Intrasite Fault Sectionalization feature enhancements including support for the APBE circuit pack, the Optical Metro 5100, and interconnected rings.

• Automatic-Laser Recovery (ALR)

• interconnected Optical Metro 5200 rings topology

• Domain Name Service (DNS) proxy server.

• provisionable SNMP community strings

• PM enhancements include the selection of a TCA notification type (alarm or event) and the setting of an additional threshold on equipment performance parameters.


• The Performance Monitoring NTP, 323-1701-520, is removed from the NTP suite. The overview of performance monitoring is now included in Software and User Interface, 323-1701-101, and the performance monitoring procedures are now included in Provisioning and Operating Procedures, 323-1701-310.

• A new chapter is added to Connection and Commissioning Procedures, 323-1701-220, titled “Preparing to connect optical components” which provides diagrams of site types, some guidelines for building site types, and tables referring to the appropriate procedures for building site types.


Release history 2-11

• The testing NTP is renamed Testing and Equalization Procedures, 323-1701-222, and now includes procedures for testing the Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf, site, and system, as well as procedures for equalizing amplified networks.

• A new chapter is added to Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide, Part 1, titled “Installation troubleshooting procedures”, and includes procedures to test system components, component specifications, component connectivity, and intershelf connections at the rack, site, and system levels. In Release 4.1, these procedures were part of Testing Procedures, 323-1701-222.

Optical Metro 5100/5200 Release 4.1May 2002

OPTera Metro 5000-series Multiservice Platform Release 4.1 introduces the OPTera Metro 5100 shelf, the single band CWDM OMX, the Quad band CWDM OMX, active per band equalizer (APBE), the PBE fiber management drawer, the SONET OCI intermediate reach (IR), and redundant power modules. Enhancements have been made to the OTR protection tray.

Release 4.1 also introduces the following OAM&P features: intrasite fault sectionalization, automatic-laser shutdown, and inter-connected rings.


• The Network Planning and Link Engineering Guidelines NTP is assigned an NTP number, 323-1701-110.

• The Installing Optical Metro 5100 Shelves and Components, 323-1701-210, is introduced to the NTP suite to document Optical Metro 5100-specific installation information.

• The 323-1701-201 NTP is renamed Installing Optical Metro 5200 Shelves and Components to document Optical Metro 5200-specific installation information.

• The 323-1701-220 NTP is renamed Connection and Commissioning Procedures and is restructured to include commissioning and optical connection information.

• The Trouble Clearing and Alarm Reference Guide, 323-1701-542, now includes a Part 1 and a Part 2.


2-12 Release history

Optical Metro 5200 Release 4.0November 2001

OPTera Metro 5200 Multiservice Platform Release 4.0 introduces the 10 Gbit/s OTR circuit pack and the Transponder Protection Tray. Release 4.0 also introduces a Fiber Manager, the Optical Trunk Switch, and the C/L splitter/coupler tray.

Release 4.0 supports flexible slot assignments for all OCI, OCLD, and 10 Gbit/s OTR circuit packs on the DWDM shelf.

OAM&P features for Release 4.0 include Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), Network Address Translation (NAT), and assignable IP addressing.

System Description, 323-1701-100, and Ordering Information, 323-1701-151, have been included in the Network Planning and Link Engineering Guidelines, NT0H7104, and removed from the suite as separate NTPs. Building a Network, 323-1701-280 has been incorporated into Installing Shelves and Components, 323-1701-201.

Optical Metro 5200 Release 3.2June 2001

OPTera Metro 5200 Multiservice Platform Release 3.2 introduces OPTera Metro 5200 Mechanical Shelf assembly for OMX Variants, an enhanced power card assembly, the OMX+Fiber Manager 4 CH module, and the OSC circuit pack.

OAM&P features for Release 3.2 include database backup and restore enhancements and the Health Check, an upgrade verification tool that checks the alarm status and database consistency before an upgrade to determine if an upgrade is possible.


3-1

List of terms 3-10Base-T

One of several adaptations of the Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) standard for local area networks (LAN) that uses a twisted-pair cable with maximum lengths of 100 meters.

100Base-FXPart of the IEEE 802.3 (100BASE-T) Ethernet specification for 100 Mbit/s transmissions over fiber-optic cable, using the FDDI TP-PMD standard for the physical media dependent (PMD) portion.

100Base-FX is an optical fiber version of the 100Base-TX standard. The twisted pair cabling and connectors used in 100Base-TX components are replaced with fiber-optic cabling and connectors in 100Base-FX components. Both standards use the same 4B/5B signal encoding scheme.

1000Base-LXIEEE 802.3 specification defining a specific physical layer for long wavelength transceivers using two multimode or single-mode fibers.

The long wavelength lasers specified by the standard operate in the wavelength range of 1270 to 1355 nm.

1000Base-SXIEEE 802.3 specification defining a specific physical layer for short wavelength transceivers using two multimode fibers.

The short wavelength lasers specified by the standard operate in the wavelength range of 770 to 860 nm.

acalternating current

Electric current that periodically and regularly reverses its direction. The frequency of the change in flow is expressed in cycles per second (Hertz or Hz).


3-2 List of terms

ACOalarm cutoff

A switch on the maintenance panel that allows the audible alarms to be turned off without affecting the visual alarms.

Active Per Band EqualizerSee APBE.

adapterA mechanical device designed to align and join fiber-optic connectors.

add/drop filterSee ADF.

ADFadd/drop filter

A bandwidth-limited filter that passes only a specified wavelength or wavelength band between a device and a transmission path.

administrative stateThe administrative state is the desired state of the entity. The user configures this state to put an entity in service or out of service. See also operational state.

AESAdvanced Encryption Standard

AHauthentication header

AISalarm indication signal

A device that responds to a signal from an alarm sensor.

alarmA user-visible indication derived from a fault pattern.

ANSIAmerican National Standards Institute

A U.S.-based organization that develops standards and defines interfaces for telecommunications.


List of terms 3-3

applet, signed/trustedA trusted applet is an applet that has been signed with a digital certificate and has been granted extended privileges (for example, access to the client-side file system. For a signed applet to become a trusted applet, the user must grant permission upon examining the digital signature of the applet (this mechanism is specific to the Web browser implementation).

APBEActive Per Band Equalizer

A two-slot wide circuit pack that is installed in an optical-fiber amplifier (OFA) shelf. The APBE supports remote equalization of signals at the band level, using electronic variable optical attenuators. APBEs are available in two types: C-band APBE and L-band APBE.

APSautomatic protection switch

A protection switch automatically initiated by the system in response to a defect.

architectureThe specifications of a system and how its subcomponents interconnect, interact, and cooperate.

ARPaddress resolution protocol

A method for finding a host's Ethernet address from its Internet address. An ARP request is sent to the network, naming the IP address; the machine with that IP address returns its physical address so it can receive the transmission.

ASAutonomous system

ASCIIAmerican Standard Code for Information Interchange

The standard code used for information interchange among data processing systems, data communication systems, and associated equipment in the U.S.


3-4 List of terms

ASEamplified spontaneous emission

In erbium-doped fiber amplifiers, ions raised to the metastable state can decay spontaneously, emitting a proton and creating an undesired spontaneous emission. As the spontaneous emission propagates through the fiber, it is amplified. This is known as amplified spontaneous emission.

asynchronousData transmission in which the instant each character, or block of characters, starts is arbitrary. Once started, the time of occurrence of each signal (representing a bit within the character, or block) has the same relationship to significant instants of a fixed time frame.

ATMasynchronous transfer mode

A high-speed multiplexing and switching method that uses fixed-length cells of 53 octets to support multiple types of traffic. As specified in international standards, ATM is asynchronous in the sense that cells carrying user data need not be periodic.

attenuationThe decrease in signal strength in an optical fiber caused by absorption and scattering. Attenuation can be calculated to express

• signal loss between two points

• total signal loss of a telecommunications system or segment

attenuatorA device inserted into the electrical or optical path to lessen or weaken the signal.

autoprovisioningThe process by which the Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf processor (SP) automatically provisions a circuit pack with default configuration data when the circuit pack is inserted into a slot for which no configuration data exists.

AWGAmerican Wire Gauge

A scale of measurement for non-ferrous (for example, copper or bronze) wires.

backboneThe network of broadband communications between switches.


List of terms 3-5

backplaneA printed circuit board that forms the rear portion of an Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf. It allows power and signal to be distributed to the circuit packs connected to it and provides connectors for the different circuit packs.

bandwidthThe range of frequencies within which a fiber-optic medium or terminal device can transmit data or information.

bend radiusThe smallest radius an optical fiber or fiber cable can bend before increased attenuation or breakage occurs.

BBEbackground block error

BERbit-error rate

The rate of the number of bit errors in the received signal to the total number of bits transmitted.

BGPborder gateway protocol

An exterior gateway routing protocol for border routers to exchange routing information.

bidirectionalThe movement of optical signals in opposite directions through a common fiber cable.

BIPbit-interleaved parity

bitThe smallest unit of information upon which digital communications are built. A bit has one of two values: 0 or 1 for “on” or “off”. Also an electrical or optical pulse that carries this information.


3-6 List of terms

BITSbuilding-integrated timing supply

An external timing source, supported as a clock reference. Two timing sources may be distinguished from each other as BITS(A) and BITS(B). The BITS is driven by a stratum 3 or better reference signal and distributes a DS1 signal to all equipment in the same physical location. All digital equipment in a physical structure receives timing from the same master clock, which must be the most accurate and stable clock in the structure.

BLSRbidirectional line-switched ring

SONET ring architecture that provides working and protection optical fibers between nodes. If the working fiber between nodes is cut, traffic is automatically routed onto the protection fiber. See also SONET.

border gateway protocolSee BGP.

BPVbipolar-violation

browserA client program that uses the Hypertext Transfer Protocol to make requests of a server for an end user.

byteA group of bits, usually eight, handled as a unit by a computer operating system.

cableOne or more optical fibers enclosed within protective covering(s) and strength members to provide mechanical and environmental protection for the optical fibers.

cable assemblyAn optical-fiber cable with connectors installed on one or both ends. The general purpose of the cable assembly is to interconnect the cabling system with opto-electronic equipment at either end of the system. Cable assemblies with connectors on one end only are called pigtails. Assemblies with connectors on both ends are typically called jumpers or patch cords.

CAPchange application procedures


List of terms 3-7

carrierA telecommunications operating company that owns or operates switch equipment.

C-bandconventional band

In optical networks, a range of wavelengths between 1535 nm and 1565 nm.

CDECommon Desktop Environment

A trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The use of a Web browser to provide the desktop environment for any given application.

CD-ROMcompact disk read-only memory

A compact disc with data pre-recorded, normally used in large database-type applications such as directory, reference, or data retrieval.

channelA communications path or the signal sent over that path. By multiplexing several channels, voice channels can be transmitted over one optical channel.

channel assignmentA channel assignment is a mapping of an OCI facility to either one (unprotected) or two (protected) OCLD facilities.

C/L splitter/coupler trayThe tray that splitters and couples the conventional and long band. The tray splits an incoming client signal into C-band and L-band and then sends them to the Optical Metro 5200 network. The tray also combines C-band and L-band coming from the network via the OMX and transmits the combined signal to the client. Each C/L splitter/coupler tray contains one C-band and L-band DWDM coupler/splitter.

CLEICommon Language Equipment Identifier

A trademark of Bell Communications Research. CLEI is a standard used to identify telecommunications equipment. CLEI codes appear on barcode labels that are attached to equipment items and provide the technical base for tracking inventory and investment information.


3-8 List of terms

CLIcommand line interface

COcentral office

A major equipment center designed to serve the communication traffic of a specific geographical area.

COMcommon

configurationThe relative arrangements, options, or connection pattern of a system and its subcomponent parts and objects.

configureThe process of defining an appropriate set of collaborating hardware and software objects to solve a particular problem.

connectionA connection is a collection of two endpoints. In the Optical Metro 5100/5200, a connection spans two Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelves, joining a channel assignment on one shelf to a channel assignment on another shelf over the same channel and wavelength band.

connectorA mechanical device used to align and join two optical fibers. The connector provides a means for coupling and decoupling fiber to a transmitter, receiver, or another fiber. Common used connectors include ST Compatible, STII Compatible, MT-RJ, FC/PC, SC, FDDI, ESCON, and SMA.

control link oscillator (CLO)A channel connection for a sysplex timer that, along with other protocols, enables communication among IBM S/390 division mainframes, enterprise servers, directors, and controllers.

The CLO provides the same function as an external timing reference, but is used for remote location Sysplex timers.

conventional bandSee C-band.


List of terms 3-9

COTELcentral office alarms and telemetry card

The Optical Metro 5100/5200 device in the maintenance panel that physically interfaces with the central office alarm system to provide monitoring and alarm information about the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.

couplerA device that connects three or more fiber ends. A coupler divides one input between two or more outputs or combines two or more inputs into one output. See also adapter.

CPEcustomer premise equipment

CPLCommon Photonic Layer

CRCcyclic redundancy check

cross-connectCross-connect is the term used in TL1 for channel assignment. Also cross connection.

cross-over cableA cable that reverses Tx data and Rx data pin contacts. Cross-over cables are used to interconnect Ethernet hubs at a site.

CVcoding violation.

CV is a BIP-8 error in the SONET section overhead. Up to eight CVs can be counted per frame.

See also CV_OCH_Path.

CV_OCH_PathOverhead channel path coding violation.

CV_MUX_Trib(1-4)Multiplexer tributary coding violation (1-4). The numbers in parentheses indicate which of the four tributaries that the multiplexer tributary parameter applies to.


3-10 List of terms

CWDMcoarse wavelength division multiplexing

Wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) systems that use more widely spaced wavelengths than dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) systems. CWDM systems are a lower cost, lower capacity alternative to DWDM systems. The Optical Metro 5100 CWDM platform uses eight wavelengths spaced at 800 GHz.

See also WDM.

data networkThe computer network to which an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network is connected by the operating company to do network surveillance and operations tasks for all its interconnected systems.

data rateThe maximum number of bits of information that can be transmitted per second, as in a data transmission link. Typically expressed as megabits per second (Mbit/s).

dBdecibel

A unit of measure indicating relative optic power on a logarithmic scale. Often expressed to a fixed value, such as dBm (1 milliwatt) or dBµ (1 microwatt).

dBmdecibels relative to one milliwatt

The absolute power levels that are read by a test device (optical or electrical).

dcdirect current

An electric current that flows in one direction only.

DCCdata communications channel

DCEdata communication equipment


List of terms 3-11

DCNdata communications network

See data network.

defectAn anomaly that interrupts the normal operation of the system and persists for a defined period of time.

demultiplexingThe process of separating optical channels.

DEMUXdemultiplexer

A device at the receiving end of a transmission path that recovers the two or more signals originally combined by a multiplexer.

DESData Encryption Standard

DHCPdynamic host configuration protocol

A protocol used to centrally manage and automate the assignment of Internet protocol (IP) addresses in a network.

digital video interactive (DVI)An integrated video, audio, and graphics technology allowing all forms of data – full motion video, still images, graphics and text – to be displayed from any digital source.

differential mode delay (DMD)In an optical fiber, the variation in propagation delay that occurs because of the different group velocities of different modes.

dispersionThe broadening of input pulses as they travel the length of an optical fiber. There are three major types of dispersion, as follows:

• modal dispersion, which is caused by the many optical path lengths in a multimode fiber

• chromatic dispersion, which is caused by the differential delay at various wavelengths in the optical fiber

• waveguide dispersion, which is caused by light traveling through both the core and cladding materials in single-mode fibers.


3-12 List of terms

DSCMdispersion slope compensating module

A module that compensates for the chromatic dispersion slope and dispersion accumulated after an optical fiber span of a given length.

DTEdata terminal equipment

duplexA duplex cable contains two optical fibers; a duplex connector links two pairs of optical fibers.

duplex SCAlso dual SC. Two SC-type connectors that are physically joined so they can be connected or unplugged at the same time. See also SC.

DWDMdense wavelength division multiplexing

Wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) systems that use closely spaced wavelengths for high capacity optical transmission. The Optical Metro 5200 DWDM platform uses 32 wavelengths spaced at 200 GHz.

See also WDM.

EBerrored block

EB is a block in an SDH signal that contains one or more bits in error. See also PM.

ECTequalizer coupler tray

A tray that is installed in the optical-fiber amplifier (OFA) shelf and that separates, equalizes, and combines conventional band (C-band) and long band (L-band) traffic. The OFA shelf can amplify C-band and L-band traffic. You can install an ECT in an OFA shelf to make sure that each band has the same gain. The ECT also splits and couples C-band and L-band traffic.

EERexcessive error ratio


List of terms 3-13

E/Oelectrical to optical

Electrical to optical conversion.

EDFAerbium-doped fiber amplifier

Optical fibers doped with the rare earth element erbium, which can amplify light in the 1550 nm region when pumped by an external light source.

EFMEthernet in the First Mile

EIAElectronic Industries Alliance

A standards association that specifies electrical transmission standards. The EIA and TIA have developed numerous well-known communications standards, including TIA/EIA-232 and EIA/TIA-530. See also TIA.

EMCelectromagnetic compatibility

EMIelectromagnetic interference

Any electrical or electromagnetic interference that causes undesirable response, degradation, or failure in electronic equipment. Optical fibers neither emit nor receive EMI.

EMSelement management system

equipment faultA fault that has been isolated to the failure of a specific piece of equipment.

ESerrored second

A second in a SONET or SDH signal with one or more error events other than failed seconds. See also EB, OFS, SEFS, SES, PM, ES_OCH_Path, ES_MUX_Trib(1-4).


3-14 List of terms

ES_OCH_PathOverhead channel path errored seconds.

ES_MUX_Trib(1-4)Multiplexer tributary errored seconds (1-4). The numbers in parentheses indicate to which of the four tributaries the multiplexer tributary parameter applies.

ESCONEnterprise Systems Connection

A duplex optical connection used for computer-to-computer data exchange.

ESDelectrostatic discharge

Discharge of stored static electricity that can damage electronic equipment and impair electrical circuits, resulting in complete or intermittent failures.

eSPEnhanced Shelf Processor

A redesign of the existing shelf processor (see optical fiber) that offers performance improvements in computational speed and available free memory.

ESPencapsulating security payload

Ethernet (ETH)A local area network data link protocol based on a packet frame. Ethernet, which usually operates at 10 Mbit/s, allows multiple devices to share access to the link.

ETSEnhanced Trunk Switch

ETSIEuropean Telecommunications Standards Institute

The organization created by the European Post, Telephone, and Telegraph and the European Community to propose telecommunications standards for Europe.


List of terms 3-15

event bufferThe Optical Metro 5100/5200 System Manager has two event buffers:

• shelf level

— accessed through the Event History window

— records the last 400 events that have occurred on each shelf

• System Manager level

— accessed through the Event Console window

— records of the events in the system that occur while you are logged in to the system

external timing reference (ETR)In a given communications system, a timing reference obtained from a source, such as a navigation system, external to the given system.

External timing references are usually referenced to Universal Time Coordinates (UTC).

facilityAny provisional configuration that provides a transmission path between two or more locations without terminating or signalling equipment. Also, the logical representation of a transport signal.

facility faultA fault that has occurred elsewhere than on the reporting shelf. That is, the fault has occurred on another shelf or on the optical fiber connecting two shelves.

failureAn end to the ability of an item to do a required function. A failure is caused by the persistence of a defect.

far-endWhen handling a pair of shelves in a network, the far-end shelf is at the site that you are not working at.

FCferrule connector

A keyed, locking type of fiber-optic connector with a round barrel and threaded retaining ring.

FDDIfiber distributed data interface


3-16 List of terms

A 100 Mbit/s, fiber-based token ring LAN standard.

FECforward correction error

ferruleA component of a fiber-optic connection that holds a fiber in place and aids in its alignment.

fiberSee optical fiber.

Fibre Channel (FC)An industry-standard specification that originated in Great Britain, which details computer channel communications over fiber optics at transmission speeds from 132 Mbit/s to 1062.5 Mbit/s at distances of up to 10 kilometers.

fiber lossAlso optical fiber loss. The attenuation of the light signal in optical-fiber transmission.

Fiber ManagerA component that provides management for slack optical fiber.

field-programmable gate array (FPGA)A set of combinational circuits, or combinational logic elements, in which

• the interconnection of the circuits can be changed by means of a computer program, and so the combinational circuits are subject to program control.

• a system of enabling and disabling signals transmitted to the gates in the combinational circuits is usually used.

filler cardA blank circuit pack with a faceplate that is installed in unused slots in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf to ensure the proper flow of cooling air through the card cage.

filterAn arrangement of electronic components designed to pass signals in one or more frequency bands and to attenuate signals in other frequency bands.

forced switchA user-initiated protection switch. A forced switch has a higher priority than automatic switches and therefore cannot be overridden.


List of terms 3-17

FOTSfiber-optic transmission system

Vendor-proprietary fiber-optic transmission equipment.

frequencyThe number of cycles per unit of time, denoted by hertz (Hz). One Hz equals one cycle per second.

FTPfile transfer protocol

gainThe ratio of output current, voltage, or power to input current, voltage, or power, respectively. The opposite of attenuation. Gain is usually expressed in dB.

gateway shelfThe Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf designated as the communications gateway between the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network and network operations center (NOC) of the operating company. Optical Metro 5100/5200 supports one gateway shelf connection per network. See also data network.

Gbit/sgigabits per second

A measure of the bandwidth on a data transmission medium. One Gbit/s equals 1,000,000,000 bit/s.

GCCgeneral communication channel

GFPgeneric framing protocol

GFP-Fgeneric framing protocol - framed

GFP-Fgeneric framing protocol - transparent


3-18 List of terms

GHzgigahertz

Unit of frequency equal to 1 billion cycles per second.

Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)A LAN transmission standard that provides a data rate of one billion bits per second (Gbit/s).

Gigabit Ethernet was finalized and formally approved on June 29, 1998, as IEEE 802.3z.

GMTGreenwich Mean Time

GNEgateway network element

groundAn electrical term meaning to connect to the earth or other large conducting body to serve as an earth thus making a complete electrical circuit.

GUIgraphical user interface

A graphical (rather than textual) interface to a computer.

HCCShigh correction count second

hostOn the Internet, any computer that has full two-way access to other computers. A host has a specific local or host number that, together with the network number, forms its unique Internet protocol (IP) address. If you use PPP to get access to your service provider, you have a unique IP address for the duration of any connection you make to the Internet and your computer is a host for that period. In this context, a host is a node in a network.

HTTPhypertext transfer protocol

A protocol used between HTTP servers, usually called Web servers, and Web clients or browsers.


List of terms 3-19

hubA group of circuits connected at one point on a network.

Hzhertz

A measure of frequency or bandwidth; one Hz equals one cycle per second.

I/Oinput/output

I/O describes any operation, program, or device that transfers data to or from a computer.

ICVintegrity check value

IDidentifier

IDFinvalid data flag

Facility counts are collected and stored in bins for each performance parameter. Each bin is has an IDF which is raised when the count is suspected to be inaccurate. Counts on the current bin are cleared at the end of an interval, or when a manual operation is performed to reset the counts.

See also PP, PM.

IETFInternet Engineering Task Force

The standards and specifications review board for the Internet.

IKEInternet key exchange

Inbound NATInbound Network Address Translation

The feature that allows users using internal Optical Metro 5100/5200 IP addresses on their data communication network to access the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.


3-20 List of terms

indicator lampA status indicator, usually an LED, that provides constant visual information about the state of operation of a component or device or indicates a change of status.

infraredIndicates electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths greater than those of visible light and shorter than those of microwaves. We cannot see infrared radiation but can feel it as heat. Transmission of glass optical fibers is best in the infrared at wavelengths of 1100-1600 nm.

insertion lossAdditional loss in a system when a device such as a connector is inserted, equal to the difference in signal level between the input and output.

inter-LATAServices, revenues, and functions associated with telecommunications that originate in one local access transport area (LATA) and that terminate in another LATA or outside of the originating LATA. See also LATA.

InternetA world-wide, public, and cooperative computer network system based on TCP/IP.

IPInternet protocol

An IETF standard protocol used in interconnected systems of packet-switching computer communication networks.

IPSecInternet protocol security

IRintermediate reach

The distance specification for optical systems that operate effectively from 3 to 20 km (1.8 to 12.5 mi).

ISin-service

An administrative state.


List of terms 3-21

ISAKMPInternet Security Association and Key Management Protocol

ISLintershelf link

ISOAn international organization that defines communications and computing standards.

ITU-TInternational Telecommunication Union—Telecommunication Standardization Sector

The specialized agency of the United Nations for telecommunications. The ITU is also the organization in which governments, private companies, and scientific and industrial institutions cooperate to improve the rational use of telecommunications.

ITU recommendationsITU standard wavelength designation. It is based on optical frequency with 100 GHz spacing. The anchor optical frequency is 193.1 THz (terahertz) corresponding to 1552.52 nm wavelength.

JavaAlso Java programming language. An object-oriented programming language commonly associated with machine-independent network-based applications or applets.

jitterSmall and rapid variations in the timing of a waveform due to noise, changes in component characteristics, supply voltages, and imperfect synchronizing circuits.

kbit/sthousands of bits per second

A measure of the bandwidth on a data transmission medium. One kbit/s equals 1000 bit/s.

kilohmA unit of electrical resistance equal to 1000 ohms.


3-22 List of terms

LANlocal area network

A data communications network that is geographically limited (typically to a 1 km radius), allowing easy interconnection of terminals, microprocessors, and computers within adjacent buildings. Most notable of LAN topologies are Ethernet, token ring, and FDDI.

laserlight amplification by stimulated emission of radiation

One of the wide range of devices that generates light by that principle. Laser light is directional, covers a narrow range of wavelengths, and is more coherent than ordinary light. Laser diodes are the standard light sources in fiber-optic systems.

laser diodeAn electro-optic device that produces coherent light within a narrow range of wavelengths commonly centered around 780 nm, 1310 nm, and 1550 nm. The wavelengths most commonly used in communications systems are 1310 nm and 1550 nm.

LATAlocal access transport area

One of 196 local geographical areas in the U.S. within which a local telephone company may offer telecommunication-related services (local and long distance).

layersSystem design and communication standards that define different levels of conceptual abstraction (for example, the ISO OSI framework consists of seven layers).

L-bandlong band

In optical networks, a range of wavelengths between 1570 nm and 1620 nm.


List of terms 3-23

LEDlight-emitting diode

A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it. Light-emitting diodes can indicate equipment or transmission status, ready states, protocol settings.

In lasers, the LED is the main light source for optical fiber transmission. This type of LED is used mainly with multimode fiber.

lightElectromagnetic radiation visible to the human eye at 400 nm to 700 nm. The term is also applied to electromagnetic radiation with properties similar to visible light, including the invisible near-infrared radiation in most fiber-optic communication systems.

link budgetThe maximum allowable difference, measured in dB, between the transmit power level and the receive power level for the line side portion of an optical channel.

lockoutA user-initiated action that freezes the protection group on which it is invoked. No further protection actions can take place until the lock has been removed.

LOFloss of frame

long bandSee L-band.

long-haul communicationsIn public switched networks, pertains to circuits that span large distances, such as the circuits in inter-LATA, interstate, and international communications.

long-haul telecommunicationsLong-distance telecommunications links such as cross-country or transoceanic.


3-24 List of terms

LOSloss of signal

A physical-layer alarm sent by the receiver to indicate the facility is outside of the supported parameter. For example, LOS is declared if a fiber-optic cable is cut and the receiving end no longer detects any signal transmissions. The LOS alarm continues until it is manually suppressed or the problem is fixed. Detection of LOS prompts an alarm indication signal (AIS).

lossAttenuation of optical signal, normally measured in decibels.

LRlong reach

The distance specification for optical systems that operate effectively from 20 to 100 km (12.5 to 62 mi).

MANmetropolitan area network

A MAN consists of LANs interconnected within a radius of approximately 80 km (50 mi). MANs typically use fiber-optic cable to connect LANs.

marginThe additional amount of loss that can be tolerated in a link.

Mbit/smegabits per second

A measure of the bandwidth on a data transmission medium. One Mbit/s equals 1,000,000 bit/s.

Mbytemegabyte

A unit of data or storage capacity equal to one million bytes.

MD5Message Digest 5


List of terms 3-25

MHzmegahertz

A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000 cycles per second.

MIBmanagement information base

The data schema that defines the information available to network management systems from an SNMP-manageable device or service. The term MIB is also commonly used to refer to any subset of managed objects that comprises a MIB.

micrometerSee micron.

micronOne millionth of a meter (10-6 meter). Commonly used to express the geometric dimensions of optical fiber.

MMmultimode

See multimode optical fiber.

Also multimode optical fiber. A fiber-optic medium in which light travels in multiple modes. Typical core cladding sizes (measured in microns) are 50/125, 62.5/125 and 100/140. See also SM.

modeBundles of light rays of the same wavelength, that enter a fiber at the same angle. See SM and MM.

modulationThe process by which the characteristic of one wave (the carrier) is modified by another wave (the signal). Examples include amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), and pulse-code modulation (PCM).

MOTRSee muxponder.

msmillisecond

One thousandth of a second.


3-26 List of terms

multimode optical fiber (MMF)An optical fiber that supports the propagation of more than one bound mode at a given operating wavelength.

A multimode optical fiber may either be a graded index (GI) fiber or a step index (SI) fiber. The number of modes than an optical fiber will support depends on the core diameter, the numerical aperture (NI) and the wavelength.

multiplexer optical transponderSee muxponder.

multiplexingThe combining of two or more information channels onto a common transmission medium.

MUXmultiplexer

A device that combines two or more signals into a signal composite data stream for transmission on a single channel.

muxpondermultiplexer optical transponder

The two-slot circuit pack that combines the functions of an OCI SRM and an OTR into a single circuit pack.

NDSFnon-dispersion-shifted fiber

A type of optical fiber optimized for the 1310 nm transmission window.

NAnumerical aperture

The number that expresses the ability of an optical fiber to gather light.

nanometerSee nm.

NCnormally closed

NOnormally open


List of terms 3-27

near-endWhen handling a pair of shelves in a network, the shelf at the site that you are at.

NEnetwork element

In integrated services digital networks, a piece of telecommunications equipment that provides support or services to the user.

NEBSNetwork Equipment Building System

A Telcordia physical requirement and testing standard with which the vendor equipment used by telephone companies must comply. The requirements were created to ensure that a product installed in a central office is safe, robust, and extremely reliable.

netmaskA 32-bit mask that shows how an Internet address is to be divided into network, subnet, and host parts. The netmask has ones in the bit positions in the 32-bit address which are to be used for the network and subnet parts, and zeros for the host part. The mask should contain at least the standard network portion (as determined by the class of the address) and the subnet field should be contiguous with the network portion.

nmnanometer

One billionth of a meter (10-9 meter). A unit of measure commonly used to express the wavelengths of light.

NMAnetwork monitoring and analysis

The Telcordia surveillance operations system.

NMTNetwork Modeling Tool

A stand-alone software application used for modeling networks according to link engineering guidelines.

nodeFor networks, a branching or exchange point.


3-28 List of terms

NTPNortel technical publication

OADMoptical add/drop multiplexer

An add/drop multiplexer that allows the selective add and drop of optical channels at a particular site while passing the remaining channels through the optical fiber. The OADM acts as an optical router.

OAMoperations, administration, and maintenance

OAM&Poperations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning

O/Eoptical to electrical

Optical to electrical conversion.

optical-electrical-optical conversion (O-E-O)The conversion of optical signals to electrical form, followed by reconversion to an optical signal. The conversion to electrical form is required to boost the signal, which fades over distance.

OAM&Poperations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning

OAMPDUoperations, administration, maintenance protocol data unit

OCoptical carrier

Series of physical protocols (OC-1, OC-2, OC-3, and so on), defined for SONET optical signal transmissions. OC signal levels put STS frames onto fiber-optic line at a variety of speeds. The base rate is 51.84 Mbit/s (OC-1); each signal level thereafter operates at a speed divisible by that number (thus, OC-3 runs at 155.52 Mbit/s).

OC-1optical carrier level 1

An optical SONET signal rate of 51.84 Mbit/s.


List of terms 3-29





OCIoptical-channel interface

The circuit pack that interfaces with the customer equipment (subtending equipment) in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network. A non-WDM circuit pack in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 node that provides an interface to the wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) fiber. Other types of OCI cards are OC-3, OC-12, Gigabit Ethernet, and fiber distributed data interface (FDDI).

OCLDoptical channel laser and detector

The optical channel transmitter and receiver circuit pack that interfaces with the WDM ring through the OMX in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.

OCMoptical channel manager

The circuit pack that does protection switching for the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.

ODUoptical data unit

OEMoriginal equipment manufacturer

Many computer hardware manufacturers supply their product for packaging as part of another company’s product and brand name. The supplier of the product to be included is known as the OEM.


3-30 List of terms

OFAoptical-fiber amplifier

An all-optical amplifier that uses erbium or other doped fibers and pump lasers to increase signal output power without electronic conversion.

OFSout of frame second

A second in an SDH signal that has one or more out-of-frame.

ohmA unit of electrical resistance, equal to the resistance through which a current of 1 ampere will flow when there is a potential difference of 1 volt across it.

OME1110Optical Multiservice Edge 1110

OMEAOptical Manager Element Adapter

OMXoptical multiplexer

A component that does optical add/drop operations to the various Optical Metro 5100/5200 nodes.

OMXIoptical multiplexer interface

OOFout of frame

OOSout-of-service

The status of a primary rate link when it is out of service. On some screens of the Optical Metro 5100/5200 System Manager, out-of-service is represented as OS.

OOS-AUout-of-service autonomous


List of terms 3-31

OOS-AUMAout-of-service autonomous management

OOS-MAout-of-service maintenance

Also out-of-service maintenance for memory administration.

OOS-MA-ANRout-of-service maintenance abnormal

operational stateThe operational state of an entity (equipment, facility, etc.) is its actual state. This state is derived from the underlying condition of the entity and cannot be edited. See also administrative state.

OPMoptical power meter

An electronic device that measures optical power levels. The meter reads absolute power levels in dBm or relative units of dB. OPMs typically have a range of –80 dBm to +33 dBm.

OPRoptical power received

OPRNoptical power received normalized

optical add/drop multiplexerSee OADM.

optical channelThe complete path taken by a specific client signal, from the time it is received by the Optical Metro 5100/5200 client interface module to the time it is transmitted through another Optical Metro 5100/5200 client interface module— without having gone through any other non-Optical Metro 5100/5200 equipment.

optical-channel interfaceSee OCI.

optical channel laser and detectorSee OCLD.


3-32 List of terms

optical-fiber amplifierSee OFA.

optical fiberA thin filament of glass that consists of a core and a cladding that is capable of carrying information in the form of light.

optical seamAn optical seam occurs at any site in the network when there is no optical passthrough, that is, where information is dropped but not added onto the ring.

optical time domain reflectometerSee OTDR.

optical transmitter/receiverSee OTR.

optical transponderSee OTR.

optical waveguideSee optical fiber.

OPToptical power transmitted

OPTNoptical power transmitted normalized

OSoperating system

The underlying software that schedules tasks, allocates storage, handles the interface to peripheral hardware, and presents a default interface to the user when no application program is running.


List of terms 3-33

OSAoptical spectrum analyzer

An integrated optical circuit that (a) performs electromagnetic spectrum analyses by executing coherent optical signal processing operations, such as Fourier transform analyses, Fourier transform integration, and related correlation and convoluted functions, and (b) usually consists of monolithic structures of alloy compositions, such as gallium arsenide, that may be formed by liquid phase epitaxial techniques, energized molecular beam processes, or chemical vapor deposition processes.

OSCoptical supervisory channel

The circuit pack that implements the OSC to the sites in an Optical Metro 5100/5200 network.

Also refers to the tray that adds and drops the OSC channel to and from an existing DWDM signal.

OSIopen systems interconnection

OSIDoptical system identifier

The OSID is used to identify all line-side optical components that interact with a common optical fiber system.

OSPOptical Service Provisioner

OSPFopen shortest path first

A protocol that defines how routers share routing information. Unlike the older Routing Information Protocol (RIP) which transfers entire routing tables, OSPF conserves bandwidth by transferring only routing information that has changed since the previous transfer.

OSNRoptical signal-to-noise ratio

The ratio of the amplitude of the desired signal to the amplitude of noise signals at a given point in time.


3-34 List of terms

OSSoperations support system

A class of network management systems typically used by RBOCs and certified by Telcordia.

OTMoptical transport module

OTNoptical transport network

OTRoptical transmitter/receiver

The two-slot circuit pack that combines the functions of the OCI and OCLD. The circuit pack is also known as optical transponder or simply transponder.

OTSoptical transmission signal

OTUoptical channel transport unit

OVOptical Viewer

pass-throughA signal bypass mechanism that allows the signal to pass through a device with little or no signal processing.

pathAn end-to-end unidirectional connection from a source OCI to a destination OCI. There are separate paths for each direction and for working and protection.

path protectionPath protection relates to the OCM circuit pack switching from one input to another to maintain traffic.


List of terms 3-35

PBEPer Band Equalizer

A component that is installed in the optical-fiber amplifier (OFA) shelf, used to equalize optical signals on a band level, using variable optical attenuators. PBEs are available in three types: C-Band PBE, L-Band PBE, C&L-Band PBE.

PDUprotocol data unit

PECproduct engineering code

performance monitoringSee PM.

performance parametersSee PP.

Per Band EqualizerSee PBE.

per-wavelength optical service channel (PWOSC)An out-of-band communication path that is carried along each channel of an optically multiplexed section connecting Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelves.

PFSperfect forward secrecy

pigtailFiber-optic cable that has a connector installed on one end only. See also cable assembly.

point-to-point transmissionCarrying a signal between two endpoints without branching to other points.

polarizationThe direction of the electric field in the lightwave.


3-36 List of terms

POPpoint of presence

A physical layer within a local access and transport area (LATA) at which an interLATA carrier establishes itself for the purpose of obtaining LATA access and to which the local exchange carrier provides access services.

PPperformance parameter

Performance monitoring (PM) works with measurable parameters (PPs) that count or gauge the quality of payload signals and transmission equipment. See also PM.

PPPpoint-to-point protocol

An Internet suite protocol used to establish IP communications between two nodes over non-Ethernet physical interfaces. (Typically used to establish IP communications over point-to-point slow-speed serial links.)

PMperformance monitoring

Performance monitoring in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 network allows you to detect degradation in the network on a timely basis. PM works with measurable parameters (PPs) that count or gauge the quality of payload signals and transmission equipment. See also PP.

primary shelfThe Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf that contains the system time and date references with which the other shelves in the network synchronize.

protection groupA collection of objects that are logically grouped to provide protection. For instance, the two OCM circuit packs form a protection group because they protect each other; this also applies to two OCLD circuit packs when they provide path protection.


List of terms 3-37

protocolThe procedure used to control the orderly exchange of information between stations on a data link or on a data-communications network or system. Protocols specify standards in three areas: the code set, usually ASCII or EBCDIC; the transmission mode, usually asynchronous or synchronous; and the non-data exchanges of information by which the two devices establish contact and control, detect failures or errors, and initiate corrective action.

provisioningThe process by which a requested service is installed for a user.

PTSPhotonic Trunk Switch

PWOSCper-wavelength optical service channel

QoSquality of service

RAMrandom access memory

A data storage device for which the order of access to different locations does not affect the speed of access.

RDIremote defect indicator

REIremote error indicator

real timeThe rapid transmission and processing of event-oriented data and transactions as they occur in contrast to being stored and retransmitted or processed as batches.

reflectanceThe ratio of power reflected to the incident power at a connector interface or other optical junction. Reflectance is typically stated in negative decibels (–dB). The terms return loss, back reflection, and reflectivity are used interchangeably throughout the industry, but are typically stated as positive values.


3-38 List of terms

reflectionThe abrupt change in direction of a light beam at an interface between two dissimilar media so the light beam returns into the media from which it originated.

ring topologyA network topology in which terminals are connected serially point-to-point in an unbroken circle.

RoSHRestriction of Hazardous Substances

RSreed-Solomon

RS-232Also RS-232 interface. A standard that describes the physical interface and protocol for relatively low-speed serial data communication between computers and related devices.

RTUright-to-use.

A paid agreement between a customer who buys used equipment from a used equipment dealer and the manufacturer of that equipment. Right-to-use (RTU) must be granted to the customer for an option in order for the customer to be able to change the state of the option. The customer must receive a password for the option from Nortel before RTU can be granted.

Rxreceive

A terminal device that includes a detector and signal processing electronics. It functions as an optical-to-electrical converter.

S-bussupervisory bus

The intercard communication bus that uses IEEE 1494 to transport messages between circuit packs in the Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf.

SAsecurity association


List of terms 3-39

SADBsecurity association database

SBSstimulated Brillouin scattering

SCsubscriber connector

A push-pull type of fiber-optic connector with a square barrel.

scalableThe ability to add power and capability to an existing system without significant expense or overhead.

scatteringThe change of direction of light after striking small particles that causes loss in optical fibers.

SDHsynchronous digital hierarchy

An international digital telecommunications network hierarchy that standardizes transmission around the bit rate of 51.84 megabits per second, which is also called STS-1.

SDTHsignal degrade threshold

SEFSseverely errored frame second

A second in a SONET signal that contains one or more SEF defects. An SEF defect occurs when a minimum of four consecutive frames have invalid framing bytes (A1/A2) up to a maximum detection time of 625 ms.

See also SEFS_OCH_Path.

SEFS_OCH_PathOverhead channel path severely errored frame seconds.

selectorA software entity whose purpose is to choose one of two available paths, for the purpose of protection.


3-40 List of terms

sensitivityFor a fiber-optic receiver, the minimum optical power required to achieve a specified level of performance, such as a BER.

SESseverely errored second

A second in a SONET or SDH signal that contains more than 30% errored blocks, or at least one out-of-frame defect. See also EB, ES, OFS, SEFS, PM, SES_OCH_Path, SES_MUX_Trib(1-4).

SES_OCH_PathOverhead channel path severely errored seconds.

SES_MUX_Trib(1-4)Multiplexer tributary severely errored seconds (1-4). The numbers in parentheses indicate which of the four tributaries that the multiplexer tributary parameter applies to.

sessionA session is the length of time the user is logged in to the system at the System Manager.

SFsignal failure

SFPsmall form factor pluggable

SHA1Secure Hash Algorithm

short-haul communicationsIn common usage, this term is ordinarily applied to traffic between points less than 100 km (60 miles) apart.

single-byte command code sets connection (SBCON)An ANSI industry standard that specifies fiber-optic links, switched point-to-point topology, and I/O protocols for high bandwidth, high performance, and long distance information exchange.


List of terms 3-41

subscriber connector (SC)A fiber optic connector having a 2.5 mm ferrule, push-pull latching mechanism, and the ability to be snapped together to form duplex and multifiber connectors.

SC connectors are the preferred fiber-optic cable for premises cabling, and are recommended by the TIA/EIA-468-A Standard for structured cabling. Used with Ethernet 100Base-FX and 1000Base-LX/SX fiber-optic media systems.

The SC connector has a squared face and is easier to connect in a confined space.

SLAservice level agreement

SLATsystem lineup and testing

A tool that provides temporary connections between the tributaries and the optics when doing stand-alone site testing on a shelf.

SLECsystem level equalization control

An automated system-wide equalization system which allows you to request a complete equalization or re-equalization of a network. The SLEC feature is responsible for the coordinated system-wide equalization of an amplified network.

SMsingle-mode

An optical fiber in which only one bound mode can propagate at a given wavelength. SM optical fibers can support longer distances. See also MM.

SNMPsimple network management protocol

A standard for the management of entities in a TCP/IP local area network.

SONETsynchronous optical network

An interface standard for synchronous optical fiber transmission.


3-42 List of terms

SPshelf processor

The circuit pack that provides alarm consolidation, software and configuration management, node visibility, and other features for the Optical Metro 5100/5200 system.

spanAn optical channel between two nodes terminated by OCLD circuit packs. Spans are unique for each wavelength and direction.

SPDsecurity policy database

SPIsecurity parameter index

SPSsurrogate payload signal

A clock signal placed on the data channel in the absence of other valid data.

SRshort reach

The distance specification for optical systems that operate effectively up to 3 km (1.8 mi).

SRMsubrate multiplexer

STMsynchronous transfer mode

In a digital network, a transport level technique that uses time division multiplexing (TDM) and switching across the user’s network interface.

STM-1synchronous transport module level 1

An SDH signal that carries data at the rate of 155.52 Mbit/s.


List of terms 3-43

STM-4synchronous transport module level 4

An SDH signal that carries data at the rate of 622.08 Mbit/s.

straight-through cableA cable with compatible pins for connecting an Ethernet hub to a personal computer.

STS-1synchronous transport signal level 1

An electrical SONET construct that carries data at the rate of 51.84 Mbit/s. OC-1 is the equivalent optical signal.

surrogate payload signalSee SPS.

surrogate signalSee SPS.

System ManagerThe graphical user interface used to commission, provision, monitor, and maintain an Optical Metro 5100/5200 system.

TCAthreshold crossing alert

When a PM threshold is reached or crossed, a threshold crossing alert (TCA) is raised. In some cases, an alarm can be raised by a TCA, depending on the severity of the problem and the type of parameter. See also PM, PP.

TCMtandem connection monitoring

TCP/IPtransmission control protocol/Internet protocol

A protocol stack, designed to connect different networks, on which the Internet is based.


3-44 List of terms

TDMtime-division multiplexing

A means of obtaining a number of channels over a single path by dividing the path into a number of time slots and assigning each channel its own intermittently repeated time slot.

terminalAny device capable of sending or receiving information over a communication channel.

TIDtarget identifier

TL1Transaction Language 1

Machine to machine communication language.

TMFTelemanagement Forum

topologyThe physical layout of a network.

Transponder Protection TrayA component that provides path and equipment protection for signals carried on the 10 Gbit/s optical transponder (OTR) and muxponder circuit packs.

trafficThe activity on a network or an individual circuit.

TTItrail trace identifier

Txtransmit

A device that includes an LED or laser source and signal conditioning electronics that is used to inject a signal into optical fiber.


List of terms 3-45

U(vertical) unit

One U is 1.75 inches. Standard equipment racks have bolt holes spaced evenly on the mounting rails to permit equipment that is sized in multiples of this vertical unit to be mounted in the same rack.

UNIXA non-realtime operating system. A portable, multiuser, time-shared operating system that supports process scheduling, job control, and a programmable user interface.

UPSNuser provisionable slot number

URLuniform resource locator

The address of a file or other resource accessible on the Internet.

user IDA unique name, number, or both, that is associated with a user name on a server system.

USMuser-based security model

VACvisual alarm card

The visual alarm card is part of the maintenance panel on the Optical Metro 5100/5200 shelf. Maintenance and replacement of the VAC must be performed by Nortel Technical Support.

VCAMview-based access control model

VOAvariable optical attenuator

A device that enables adjustment of signal strength through a fiber-optic cable by means of an aperture that is controlled by a set screw.

The VOA is typically adjustable between –5 dBm and –50 dBm and is an in-line component of an optical patch cord.


3-46 List of terms

VOMvolt-ohm-multimeter

VPNvirtual private network

WANwide area network

A physical or logical network that provides data communications to a larger number of independent users than are usually served by a LAN and is usually spread over a larger geographic area than that of a LAN.

wavelengthThe distance an electromagnetic wave travels in the time it takes to oscillate through a complete cycle. Wavelengths of light are measured in nanometers or microns.

WDMwavelength division multiplexing

A technology that allows two or more optical signals with different wavelengths to be simultaneously transmitted in the same direction over one optical fiber and then separated, by wavelength, at the distant end.

WTRwait to restore

XFPlarge form factor pluggable


4-1

Master index 4-

Numeric100 GHz (DWDM-OM5000) center

wavelengths 101 7-36, 110 1-1910Base-T ports, pinouts 180 1-111310 nm add/drop 110 3-1381310 nm splitter/coupler 110 2-11

alarms, clearing 542 19-1equipping rules 110 12-38installing 210 4-81provisioning manually 310 3-125

1310 nm splitter/coupler alarmsOptical Tray Mismatch 542 19-3Optical Tray Missing 542 19-6Unknown Circuit Pack 542 19-8

1310 nm splitter/coupler drawer, replacing 546 2-206

1310 nm splitter/coupler trayabout 102 30-1accessing connectors 221 1-50connecting to optical components 221

3-48connectors 102 30-2installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56location 102 30-3ordering 110 13-117replacing 546 2-199routing fibers 201 9-118, 210 8-86signal flow 102 30-2specifications 180 1-30

19-inch rack 201 4-35, 201 4-38installing mounting brackets 201 4-13installing shelves in 201 4-1, 201 5-1replacing OME1110 in 546 4-1

1CH CWDM, installing 201 4-1601CH OADM ITU CWDM, installing 201

4-160

About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Libra

1U AC rectifierconnecting

AC power 201 6-32DC power 201 6-38

connecting external power alarm 201 7-20specifications 180 1-49

1U APRS rectifierabout 102 22-1connecting ac power 210 5-35connecting dc power 210 5-38connecting telemetry alarm 210 6-13installing the chassis 210 4-31replacing 546 2-193specifications 180 1-47

200 GHz (DWDM-OM5000) center wavelengths 101 7-36, 110 1-18

23-inch rackinstalling mounting brackets 201 4-13installing shelves in 201 4-1, 201 5-1replacing OME1110 in 546 4-1

2U AC rectifierabout 102 22-1, 102 22-15alarm connections to

GMD/DOSC/UOSC 201 7-14assigning name for alarm input 201 7-18connecting

AC power 201 6-23DC outputs 201 6-27external power alarm 201 7-12

grounding 201 4-70installing 201 4-66PC communication parameters,

setting 201 7-18pinout descriptions for connector 5 (alarm

relay outputs only) 201 7-17specifications 180 1-51

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-2 Master index

3U APRS rectifierabout 102 22-1connecting ac power 210 5-25connecting ac power 201 6-13connecting dc power 210 5-29connecting external power alarm 201 7-10,

210 6-11connecting power 201 6-17installing the chassis 201 4-61, 210 4-27replacing 546 2-196specifications 180 1-44

535-mm cabinetinstalling shelves in 201 4-1, 201 5-1replacing OME1110 in 546 4-1

535-mm rackinstalling shelves in 201 4-1replacing OME1110 in 546 4-1

535-mm rack (ETSI), installing shelves in 201 5-1

AA/B power separation 102 1-8AC power, 1U AC rectifier 201 6-32AC power, 2U AC rectifier 201 6-23acceptance testing

ESCON protocol 330 1-1Fibre Channel protocol 330 2-1Gigabit Ethernet protocol 330 3-1, 330 5-1MPEG-2 330 5-1SONET/SDH protocol 330 4-1

access privileges, about 310 1-2Active Alarms window 101 7-40active path, locking out 310 3-199ACT-LASER, TL1 system commands 190

3-3ACT-USER, TL1 security and administration

commands 190 2-5ACT-USER, TL1 security and administration

commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-14

adapter housings, cleaning 201 10-15, 210 9-16

Add User window 101 7-142

Optical Metro 5100/5200 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0

addingpath assignments 310 3-57traffic

to a Muxponder circuit pack 310 3-166to an OCLD circuit pack 310 3-155to an OTR circuit pack 310 3-160

air baffledescription 102 1-15installing 201 4-42ordering 110 13-12

air filter, replacing 5200 shelf 546 2-8alarm and event commands, TL1

interface 190 11-1alarm cut-off (ACO)

about 102 1-10indicator lamps 102 1-10

Alarm Details window 101 7-41Alarm Indication Detail, about 101 6-11alarm indicators

Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-6Optical Metro 5200 shelf 102 1-10

alarm input, assigning name, 2U AC rectifier 201 7-18

alarm management, System Manager 101 1-3alarm severity, provisioning 310 1-37alarm, external power, 2U AC rectifier 201

7-12alarms

1310 nm S/C Optical Tray Mismatch 542 19-3

1310 nm S/C Optical Tray Missing 542 19-6

1310 nm S/C Unknown Circuit Pack 542 19-8

1310 nm splitter/coupler 542 19-1acknowledging visual 310 1-42All Database Copies are Unavailable 542

14-4APBE 542 12-1APBE Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542

12-5APBE Band Alarm Indication Signal 542

12-9APBE Circuit Pack Failed 542 12-11APBE Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 12-5APBE Circuit Pack Missing 542 12-12

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-3

alarms (continued)APBE Facility Out of Service - Optical

Signal Failure 542 12-14APBE High Optical Power, Tx 542 12-46APBE Incomplete Provisioning 542 12-16APBE Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 12-18APBE Invalid Provisioning 542 12-20APBE Loss of Signal 542 12-22APBE Low Optical Power Warning,

Tx 542 12-48APBE Low Optical Power, Tx 542 12-48APBE Optical Power Warning, Rx 542

12-35APBE Optical Signal Failure 542 12-24APBE Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 12-29APBE Power Out of Range High 542

12-31APBE Power Out of Range Low 542 12-33APBE Target Power Not Attainable

High 542 12-37APBE Target Power Not Attainable

Low 542 12-38APBE TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542

12-39APBE TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542

12-41APBE TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542

12-44APBE Unexpected Input Power

Change 542 12-51APBE Unknown Circuit Pack 542 12-53audible indicators 542 3-2banner 101 7-14C&L splitter/coupler 542 17-1C&L splitter/coupler Optical Signal Failure

(Rx) 542 17-3classifications 542 3-3clearing procedures 542 3-1counts for shelves 310 1-44Database Redundancy is Unavailable 542

14-14discrete VOA 542 21-1, 542 25-1, 542

26-1DSCM Optical Tray Mismatch 542 25-3DSCM Optical Tray Missing 542 25-6


alarms (continued)ECT 542 10-1ECT/PBE Autoprovisioning

Mismatch 542 10-4ECT/PBE Optical Tray Mismatch 542

10-4ECT/PBE Optical Tray Missing 542 10-6ECT/PBE Unknown Circuit Pack 542 10-8EIU 542 18-1EIU Equipment Inventory Unit

Mismatch 542 18-4EIU Equipment Inventory Unit

Missing/Failed 542 18-6EIU Unknown Circuit Pack 542 18-8Ethernet port, provisioning 310 1-59ETS Comms electrical failure supply A or

B 542 23-13ETS Comms Loss of power 542 23-14ETS Comms Managed module raises a

minor alarm 542 23-13ETS Comms Managed module raises a

mj/cr alarm 542 23-12ETS Comms Module Failed 542 23-10ETS Comms Module mounted in the wrong

slot 542 23-11ETS Switch Electrical power failure 542

23-22ETS Switch No optical signal is

present 542 23-20ETS Switch Received Power High 542

23-19ETS Switch Received Power Low 542

23-17ETS, troubleshooting using TL1 542

23-15GFSRM Automatic Switch to Protection

Path active 542 6-8GFSRM Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542

6-9GFSRM Backplane Loss of Activity 542

6-14GFSRM Circuit Pack Failed 542 6-18GFSRM Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 6-9GFSRM Circuit Pack Missing 542 6-20GFSRM Client Service Mismatch 542

6-23GFSRM Facility Loopback 542 6-26

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-4 Master index

alarms (continued)GFSRM Far End Client Rx Signal Fail 542

6-27GFSRM Forced Switch to East Path

Active 542 6-28GFSRM Forced Switch to West Path

Active 542 6-28GFSRM Insufficient Link Capacity 542

6-29GFSRM Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 6-30GFSRM Invalid Signal (backplane) 542

6-33GFSRM LAN Link Down 542 6-39GFSRM Loss of Frame Delineation 542

6-43GFSRM Loss of Pointer 542 6-46GFSRM Loss of Signal 542 6-64GFSRM Loss of Synchronization 542 6-48GFSRM Loss of Timing Reference 542

6-51GFSRM Manual Switch to (West) or (East)

Path active 542 6-55GFSRM Path Alarm Indication Signal 542

6-6GFSRM Path Lockout active 542 6-56GFSRM Payload Label Mismatch 542

6-57GFSRM Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 6-59GFSRM Remote Failure Indication 542

6-62GFSRM Terminal Loopback 542 6-68GFSRM Unequipped 542 6-69GFSRM Unknown Circuit Pack 542 6-72IKE Failures 542 22-8Incompatible Provisioning - IPSec 542

22-12indicators 542 3-2intermittent 542 3-3IPSec Errors 542 22-10locating with System Manager 542 3-2Loss of Contact With NTP Source 542

14-21MOTR 542 28-1MOTR Alarm Indication Signal 542 28-13


alarms (continued)MOTR Auto Protection Switch

Acknowledge Time Out 542 28-15MOTR Automatic Protection Byte

Fail 542 28-18MOTR Automatic Switch to Protection Path

active 542 28-25MOTR Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542

28-20MOTR Backplane Loss of Activity 542

28-27MOTR Backward Defect Indication 542

28-26MOTR Circuit Pack Failed 542 28-32MOTR Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 28-20MOTR Circuit Pack Missing 542 28-34MOTR Facility Loopback 542 28-37MOTR Far End Protection Line Fail 542

28-38MOTR Fiber Mismatch 542 28-39MOTR Forced Switch to (East) or (West)

Path Active 542 28-41MOTR GCC0/GCC1/GCC2 Overhead Link

Failure 542 28-284MOTR High Optical Power 542 28-42MOTR High Optical Power Warning 542

28-51MOTR Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 28-59MOTR Incomplete Provisioning 542

28-61MOTR Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 28-63MOTR Invalid Provisioning 542 28-66MOTR Invalid Signal 542 28-68MOTR Line DCC Overhead Link

Failure 542 28-119MOTR Loss of Frame 542 28-73MOTR Loss of Lock 542 28-76MOTR Loss of Signal 542 28-84MOTR Loss of Timing Reference 542

28-94MOTR Low Optical Power Warning 542

28-98MOTR Manual Switch to (West) or (East)

path active 542 28-108MOTR ODU Locked 542 28-326

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-5

alarms (continued)MOTR Optical Receiver Overload 542

28-109MOTR Optical System Identifier

Mismatch 542 28-118MOTR OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542

28-330MOTR OPU/OTU Trace Identifier

Mismatch 542 28-328MOTR OTU Backward Defect

Indication 542 28-332MOTR OTU Loss of Frame 542 28-333MOTR OTU Loss of Multiframe 542

28-336MOTR Overhead Link Failure 542 28-119MOTR Path Lockout Active 542 28-121MOTR Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 28-122MOTR Pre-Fec Signal Fail 542 28-341MOTR Protection Channel Match Fail 542

28-125MOTR Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not

Available 542 28-127MOTR Protection Mate SFP Not

Available 542 28-239MOTR Protection Mode Mismatch 542

28-129MOTR Protection Scheme Mismatch 542

28-131MOTR Prov Mismatch-Some circuit packs

not supported on equipped SP 542 28-132

MOTR Remote Automatic Laser Shutdown 542 28-133

MOTR Remote Defect Indication 542 28-135

MOTR Section DCC Overhead Link Failure 542 28-119

MOTR Signal Failure 542 28-137, 542 28-338

MOTR TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 28-140

MOTR TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 28-148

MOTR TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 28-152


alarms (continued)MOTR TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542

28-155MOTR Transceiver Degrade 542 28-157MOTR Unassigned Optical System

Identifier 542 28-160MOTR Unknown Circuit Pack 542 28-163MOTR Wavelength Is Not

Provisioned 542 28-165MOTR Working/Protection Fiber

Mismatch 542 28-166MOTR Wrapper Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-168MOTR Wrapper Loss of Frame 542

28-169MOTRSFP Alarm Indication Signal 542

28-229MOTRSFP Autoprovisioning Mismatch-

Pluggable 542 28-179MOTRSFP Circuit Pack Failed -

Pluggable 542 28-177MOTRSFP Circuit Pack Mismatch-

Pluggable 542 28-179MOTRSFP Circuit Pack Missing -

Pluggable 542 28-181MOTRSFP Client Service Mismatch 542

28-184MOTRSFP CPE Discovery Protocol

Fail 542 27-5MOTRSFP Facility Loopback 542 28-187MOTRSFP Far End Client Rx Signal

Fail 542 28-188MOTRSFP GFP Remote Failure

Indication 542 28-189MOTRSFP Incompatible Provisioning -

Pluggable 542 28-190MOTRSFP Insufficient Link Capacity 542

28-192MOTRSFP Inter-card Communication

Failure - Pluggable 542 28-194MOTRSFP LAN Link Down 542 28-197MOTRSFP Loss of Alignment 542 28-200MOTRSFP Loss of Frame Delineation 542

28-204MOTRSFP Loss of Lock 542 28-205

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-6 Master index

alarms (continued)MOTRSFP Loss of Multiframe 542

13-136, 542 13-247, 542 28-231, 542 28-336

MOTRSFP Loss of Pointer 542 28-233MOTRSFP Loss of Sequence 542 28-235MOTRSFP Loss of Signal 542 28-211MOTRSFP Loss of Synchronization 542

28-216MOTRSFP ODU Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-320, 542 28-329MOTRSFP ODU Backward Defect

Indication 542 28-322MOTRSFP ODU Open Connection

Indication 542 28-323MOTRSFP OPU Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-320, 542 28-329MOTRSFP OTU Backward Defect

Indication 542 28-322, 542 28-332MOTRSFP Payload Label Mismatch 542

28-237MOTRSFP Remote Client Circuit Pack

Failed - Pluggable 542 27-6MOTRSFP Remote Client Circuit Pack

Mismatch- Pluggable 542 27-8MOTRSFP Remote Client Circuit Pack

Missing - Pluggable 542 27-10MOTRSFP Remote Client Circuit Pack

Unknown - Pluggable 542 27-12MOTRSFP Remote Client High Optical

Power 542 27-14MOTRSFP Remote Client Low Optical

Power 542 27-17MOTRSFP Remote Failure Indication 542

28-224MOTRSFP Remote Invalid

Configuration 542 27-33MOTRSFP Remote Line Circuit Pack

Mismatch- Pluggable 542 27-20MOTRSFP Remote Line Circuit Pack

Unknown - Pluggable 542 27-22MOTRSFP Remote Line High Optical

Power 542 27-24MOTRSFP Remote Line Low Optical

Power 542 27-27MOTRSFP Remote loopback Active 542

27-30


alarms (continued)MOTRSFP Remote loopback Fail 542

27-31MOTRSFP Remote Power Fail 542 27-34MOTRSFP Remote Power Supply 1

Missing 542 27-35MOTRSFP Remote Power Supply 2

Missing 542 27-36MOTRSFP Remote Receiver Fail 542

27-32MOTRSFP Remote Subtended Client Link

Down 542 27-37MOTRSFP Signal Failure 542 28-226MOTRSFP Summary Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-229MOTRSFP Summary Loss of

Multiframe 542 28-231MOTRSFP Summary Loss of Pointer 542

28-233MOTRSFP Summary Loss of

Sequence 542 28-235MOTRSFP Summary Payload Label

Mismatch 542 28-237MOTRSFP Summary Remote Failure

Indication 542 28-240MOTRSFP Summary Unequipped 542

28-242MOTRSFP TCA - Optical Power Rx

High 542 28-369MOTRSFP Terminal Loopback 542

28-246MOTRSFP Transceiver Degrade 542

28-247MOTRSFP Tx Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-250MOTRSFP Tx Loss of Frame 542 28-251MOTRSFP Tx ODU Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-253MOTRSFP Tx ODU Backward Defect

Indication 542 28-255MOTRSFP Tx ODU Locked 542 28-256MOTRSFP Tx ODU Open Connection

Indication 542 28-257MOTRSFP Tx OPU Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-253, 542 28-259MOTRSFP Tx OPU Payload Type

Mismatch 542 28-261

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-7

alarms (continued)MOTRSFP Tx Remote Defect

Indication 542 28-263MOTRSFP Tx Signal Failure 542 28-264MOTRSFP Unequipped 542 28-242MOTRSFP Unknown Circuit Pack -

Pluggable 542 28-267MOTRSFPLS Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-269MOTRSFPLS Auto Protection Switch

Acknowledge Time Out 542 28-272MOTRSFPLS Automatic Protection Byte

Fail 542 28-270MOTRSFPLS Autoprovisioning Mismatch-

Pluggable 542 28-275MOTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Failed -

Pluggable 542 28-273MOTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Mismatch-

Pluggable 542 28-275MOTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Missing -

Pluggable 542 28-277MOTRSFPLS Facility Loopback 542

28-280MOTRSFPLS Far End Protection Line

Fail 542 28-281MOTRSFPLS Fiber Mismatch 542 28-282MOTRSFPLS High Optical Power

Warning 542 28-51MOTRSFPLS Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 28-287MOTRSFPLS Inter-card Communication

Failure - Pluggable 542 28-289MOTRSFPLS Loss of Frame 542 28-201,

542 28-292MOTRSFPLS Loss of Lock 542 28-295MOTRSFPLS Loss of Signal 542 28-304MOTRSFPLS Loss of Timing

Reference 542 28-219, 542 28-315MOTRSFPLS OTU Loss of Frame 542

28-292MOTRSFPLS Protection Channel Match

Fail 542 28-344MOTRSFPLS Protection Mate Circuit Pack

Not Available 542 28-346MOTRSFPLS Protection Mode

Mismatch 542 28-348


alarms (continued)MOTRSFPLS Protection Scheme

Mismatch 542 28-349MOTRSFPLS Remote Automatic Laser

Shutdown 542 28-350MOTRSFPLS Remote Defect

Indication 542 28-352MOTRSFPLS Signal Failure 542 28-354MOTRSFPLS TCMi Alarm Indication

Signal 542 28-357MOTRSFPLS TCMi Backward Defect

Indication 542 28-358MOTRSFPLS TCMi Locked 542 28-360MOTRSFPLS TCMi Open Connection

Indication 542 28-361MOTRSFPLS TCMi Trace Identifier

Mismatch 542 28-362MOTRSFPLS Transceiver Degrade 542

28-363MOTRSFPLS Unknown Circuit Pack -

Pluggable 542 28-366MOTRSFPLS Working/Protection Fiber

Mismatch 542 28-368OCI alarms 542 5-1OCI Automatic Switch to Protection Path

active 542 5-12OCI Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 5-8OCI Backplane Loss of Activity 542 5-13OCI Circuit Pack Failed 542 5-17OCI Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 5-8OCI Circuit Pack Missing 542 5-19OCI Facility Loopback 542 5-22OCI Forced Switch to East Path

Active 542 5-24OCI Forced Switch to West Path

Active 542 5-24OCI High Optical Power 542 5-25OCI High Optical Power Warning 542

5-29OCI Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 5-32OCI Invalid Signal (backplane) 542 5-35OCI Invalid Signal (SRM port) 542 5-41OCI Loss of Clock 542 5-44OCI Loss of Frame (optical receiver) 542

5-48

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-8 Master index

alarms (continued)OCI Loss of Frame (Tx backplane) 542

5-52OCI Loss of Frame (Tx optical port) 542

5-57OCI Loss of Lock 542 5-60OCI Loss of Signal 542 5-64OCI Low Optical Power warning 542 5-68OCI Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path

active 542 5-71OCI Path Lockout Active 542 5-72OCI Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 5-73OCI Signal Degrade 542 5-102OCI Signal Failure 542 5-106OCI SRM alarms 542 5-1OCI SRM GbE/FC alarms 542 6-1OCI SRM Loss of Pointer 542 5-76OCI SRM Loss of Primary Clock Source

warning 542 5-78OCI SRM Loss of Secondary Clock Source

warning 542 5-83OCI SRM Path Alarm Indication

Signal 542 5-88OCI SRM Port Alarm Indication

Signal 542 5-92OCI SRM Port Failure 542 5-96OCI SRM Port Mapping Fault 542 5-98OCI SRM Remote Failure Indication 542

5-100OCI TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542

5-109OCI TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542

5-112OCI TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542

5-116OCI TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542

5-118OCI Terminal Loopback 542 5-22OCI Transceiver Degrade 542 5-121OCI Unequipped or OOS Remote SRM

Port 542 5-123OCI Unknown Circuit Pack 542 5-125OCLD 542 8-1OCLD Alarm Indication Signal 542 8-5OCLD Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542

8-7


alarms (continued)OCLD Backplane Loss of Activity 542

8-12OCLD Bit Disparity 542 8-18OCLD Circuit Pack Failed 542 8-23OCLD Circuit Pack Minor Mismatch 542

8-25OCLD Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 8-7OCLD Circuit Pack Missing 542 8-26OCLD Facility Loopback 542 8-29OCLD Fiber Mismatch 542 8-30, 542 8-32OCLD High Optical Power 542 8-33OCLD High Optical Power Warning 542

8-41OCLD Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 8-49OCLD Incomplete Provisioning 542 8-52OCLD Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 8-54OCLD Invalid Provisioning 542 8-57OCLD Invalid Signal (backplane) 542

8-59OCLD Invalid Signal (optical

receiver) 542 8-66OCLD Loss of Frame 542 8-77OCLD Loss of Overhead

Synchronization 542 8-87OCLD Low Optical Power Warning 542

8-98OCLD Optical Receiver Overload 542

8-107OCLD Optical System Identifier

Mismatch 542 8-115OCLD Overhead Link Failure 542 8-87OCLD Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 8-116OCLD Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not

Available 542 8-119OCLD Remote Automatic Laser

Shutdown 542 8-146OCLD Remote Failure Indication 542

8-149OCLD Rx Loss of Signal 542 8-153OCLD Surrogate Alarm Indication

Signal 542 8-120OCLD TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542

8-121

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-9

alarms (continued)OCLD TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542

8-129OCLD TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542

8-138OCLD TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542

8-142OCLD Terminal Loopback 542 8-29OCLD Transceiver Degrade 542 8-163OCLD Unassigned Optical System

Identifier 542 8-165OCLD Unknown Circuit Pack 542 8-168OCM 542 7-1OCM Backplane Loss of Activity 542 7-4OCM Circuit Pack Failed 542 7-7OCM Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 7-8OCM Circuit Pack Missing 542 7-11OCM Forced Switch to OCM (9) or (10)

Active 542 7-13OCM Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 7-14OCM Pair Mismatch 542 7-18OCM Protection Not Available 542 7-19OCM Unknown Circuit Pack 542 7-20ODU Backward Defect Indication 542

13-18OFA 542 11-1OFA Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542

11-6OFA Band Alarm Indication Signal 542

11-12OFA Circuit Pack Failed 542 11-14OFA Circuit Pack Failed warning 542

11-17OFA Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 11-6OFA Circuit Pack Missing 542 11-20OFA Facility Out of Service - Optical Signal

Failure 542 11-23OFA High Optical Power 542 11-26OFA High Optical Power Warning 542

11-32OFA Incomplete Provisioning 542 11-38OFA Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 11-42OFA Invalid Provisioning 542 11-46OFA Loss of Signal 542 11-48


alarms (continued)OFA Low Optical Power Warning 542

11-55OFA Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or

(Tx) 542 11-62OFA Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 11-68OFA Power Out of Range High 542 11-70OFA Power Out of Range Low 542 11-74OFA TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542

11-78OFA TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542

11-85OFA TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542

11-92OFA TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542

11-96OFA Temperature Out of Range 542

11-100OFA Unknown Circuit Pack 542 11-104OME1110 542 27-1OMX Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542

9-3OMX Band Alarm Indication Signal 542

9-6OMX Band Input Failure 542 9-8OMX Optical Signal Failure (Tx) or

(Rx) 542 9-10OMX Optical Tray Mismatch 542 9-3OMX Optical Tray Missing 542 9-15OMX Unassigned Optical System

Identifier 542 9-17OMX Unknown Circuit Pack 542 9-19optical trunk switch (OTS) 542 24-1OSC 542 16-1OSC Circuit Pack Failed 542 16-6OSC Circuit Pack Missing 542 16-7OSC Duplicate Optical System

Identifier 542 16-9OSC East or West Overhead Link

Failure 542 16-13OSC East or West Remote Overhead Link

Failure 542 16-13OSC East/West Fiber Mismatch 542 16-11OSC Facility Loopback 542 16-17OSC Fault Sectionalization

Unresolved 542 16-18

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-10 Master index

alarms (continued)OSC Incomplete Provisioning 542 16-20OSC Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 16-22OSC Intrasite Communication Failure 542

16-24OSC Invalid Data 542 16-26OSC Invalid Provisioning 542 16-28OSC Invalid Signal 542 16-30OSC Loss of Frame 542 16-34OSC Loss of Link 542 16-38OSC Loss of Signal 542 16-40OSC Optical System Identifier

Mismatch 542 16-48OSC Remote Fault Sectionalization Not

Responding 542 16-54OSC Remote Invalid Signal 542 16-30OSC Remote Loss of Frame 542 16-34OSC SC Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or

(Tx) 542 16-44OSC SC Optical Tray Mismatch 542 16-49OSC SC Optical Tray Missing 542 16-52OSC Shelf Input Failure 542 16-57OSC Site Input Failure 542 16-60OSC Unequipped Remote Port 542 16-62OSC Unknown Circuit Pack 542 14-45,

542 16-63OSC Wayside Alarm Indication

Signal 542 16-65OTR 542 13-1OTR Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-10OTR Automatic Switch to Protection Path

active 542 13-17OTR Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542

13-12OTR Backward Defect Indication 542

13-18OTR Bit Error Rate (BER) Degrade 542

13-19OTR Circuit Pack Failed 542 13-26OTR Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 13-12OTR Circuit Pack Missing 542 13-30OTR Facility Loopback 542 13-35OTR Far End Circuit Pack Mismatch 542

13-33OTR Fiber Mismatch 542 13-36


alarms (continued)OTR Forced Switch to East Path

Active 542 13-38OTR GCC0/1/2 Overhead Link

Failure 542 13-138OTR High Bit Error Rate 542 13-39OTR High Optical Power 542 13-43OTR High Optical Power Warning 542

13-53OTR Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 13-63OTR Incomplete Provisioning 542 13-65OTR Inter-card Communication

Failure 542 13-67OTR Invalid Provisioning 542 13-70OTR Invalid Signal (optical receiver) 542

13-72OTR Line/MS DCC Overhead Link

Failure 542 13-138OTR Local Fault 542 13-76OTR Loss of Frame 542 13-78OTR Loss of Lock 542 13-90OTR Loss of Overhead

Synchronization 542 13-138OTR Loss of Signal 542 13-102OTR Low Optical Power Warning 542

13-116OTR Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path

active 542 13-126OTR ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542

13-10OTR Optical Receiver Overload 542

13-127OTR Optical System Identifier

Mismatch 542 13-135OTR OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542

13-10OTR OTU Loss of Frame 542 13-78OTR OTU Loss of Multiframe 542 13-136OTR Overhead Link Failure 542 13-138OTR Path Lockout Active 542 13-144OTR Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 13-145OTR Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not

Available 542 13-148OTR Remote Automatic Laser

Shutdown 542 13-149

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-11

alarms (continued)OTR Remote Failure Indication 542

13-151OTR Remote Fault 542 13-155OTR Rx Loss of Synchronization 542

13-157OTR Section/RS DCC Overhead Link

Failure 542 13-138OTR Surrogate Alarm Indication

Signal 542 13-162OTR TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542

13-163OTR TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542

13-172, 542 28-379OTR TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542

13-178, 542 28-385OTR TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542

13-181, 542 28-389OTR Transceiver Degrade 542 13-185OTR Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542

13-187OTR Tx High Bit Error Rate 542 13-188OTR Tx High Optical Power 542 13-195,

542 28-403OTR Tx High Optical Power Warning 542

13-195, 542 28-403OTR Tx Local Fault 542 13-76OTR Tx Loss of Frame 542 13-192OTR Tx Loss of Synchronization 542

13-203OTR Tx Low Optical Power 542 13-199OTR Tx Low Optical Power Warning 542

13-199OTR Tx Remote Failure Indication 542

13-208OTR Tx Remote Fault 542 13-155OTR Unassigned Optical System

Identifier 542 13-210OTR Unknown Circuit Pack 542 13-213OTR Wavelength Is Not Provisioned 542

13-219OTRSFPLS Automatic Laser

Shutdown 542 13-297, 542 28-16OTRSFPLS Autoprovisioning Mismatch-

Pluggable 542 13-299OTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Failed -

Pluggable 542 13-301


alarms (continued)OTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Mismatch-

Pluggable 542 13-299OTRSFPLS Circuit Pack Missing -

Pluggable 542 13-303OTRSFPLS Inter-card Communication

Failure - Pluggable 542 13-305OTRSFPLS Unknown Circuit Pack -

Pluggable 542 13-308OTRXFP Alarm Indication Signal 542

13-220OTRXFP Client Service Mismatch 542

13-228OTRXFP GFP Remote Failure

Indication 542 13-231OTRXFP High Bit Error Rate 542 13-39OTRXFP Local Fault 542 13-239OTRXFP Loss of Frame 542 13-241OTRXFP Loss of Frame Delineation 542

13-251OTRXFP Loss of Lock 542 13-252OTRXFP Loss of Synchronization 542

13-264OTRXFP ODU Alarm Indication

Signal 542 13-220OTRXFP ODU Backward Defect

Indication 542 13-272OTRXFP OPU Alarm Indication

Signal 542 13-220OTRXFP OPU Payload Type

Mismatch 542 13-273OTRXFP OTU Backward Defect

Indication 542 13-272OTRXFP OTU Loss of Frame 542 13-241OTRXFP OTU Loss of Multiframe 542

13-247OTRXFP Remote Failure Indication 542

13-275OTRXFP Remote Fault 542 13-277OTRXFP Rx Loss of Synchronization 542

13-157OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Rx

High 542 13-279OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Rx

Low 542 13-284OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Tx

High 542 13-291

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-12 Master index

alarms (continued)OTRXFP TCA - Optical Power Tx

Low 542 13-294OTRXFP Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542

13-187OTRXFP Tx High Bit Error Rate 542

13-188OTRXFP Tx Loss of Frame 542 13-192OTRXFP Tx Loss of Synchronization 542

13-203OTRXFP Tx Remote Failure

Indication 542 13-208OTRXFP/OTRSFP Autoprovisioning

Mismatch- Pluggable 542 13-221OTRXFP/OTRSFP Circuit Pack Failed -

pluggable 542 13-26OTRXFP/OTRSFP Circuit Pack Mismatch-

Pluggable 542 13-221, 542 13-223OTRXFP/OTRSFP Circuit Pack Missing -

Pluggable 542 13-225OTRXFP/OTRSFP High Optical

Power 542 13-232, 542 28-393OTRXFP/OTRSFP Inter-card

Communication Failure - Pluggable 542 13-236

OTRXFP/OTRSFP Loss of Frame 542 13-241

OTRXFP/OTRSFP Loss of Signal 542 13-257

OTRXFP/OTRSFP Low Optical Power 542 13-268, 542 28-397, 542 28-407

OTRXFP/OTRSFP Low Optical Power Warning 542 28-397, 542 28-407

OTRXFP/OTRSFP Unknown Circuit Pack - Pluggable 542 13-216

OTS Opt Trunk Sw operating on Standby link 542 24-4

OTS Opt Trunk Sw Power AB fail 542 24-8

OTS Opt Trunk Sw Primary link failure 542 24-6

OTS Opt Trunk Sw Standby link fail 542 24-9

OTU Backward Defect Indication 542 13-18

PBE 542 10-1


alarms (continued)performance monitoring (PM) facility 542

15-7Photonic Trunk Switch 542 26-1print list 310 1-41printing

alarm lists 310 1-41event lists 310 1-30

related commands in TL1 190 11-1saving alarm lists 310 1-40security 542 22-1Security Intrusion Attempt 542 22-3Security Primary RADIUS Server

Unavailable 542 22-5Security RADIUS Server(s)

Unavailable 542 22-6Security Secondary RADIUS Server

Unavailable 542 22-7security, clearing 310 2-29sequence to clear alarms 542 3-1Shelf 542 14-1Shelf Automatic Laser Shutdown 542 14-7Shelf Breaker A Tripped 542 14-9Shelf Breaker B Tripped 542 14-9Shelf Cooling Unit Failed/Missing 542

14-11Shelf Data Recovery Failure 542 14-13Shelf DNS Suffix Mismatch 542 14-16Shelf Ethernet Port 10BaseT 1X

Failure 542 14-17Shelf Ethernet Port 10BaseT 2X

Failure 542 14-19Shelf Parallel Telemetry Scan Point 542

14-22Shelf Power Feed A Low/Missing 542

14-27Shelf Power Feed B Low/Missing 542

14-27shelf restarts 542 3-2Shelf SBUS Failure 542 14-29Shelf Software Library Missing 542 14-30Shelf Software Library Transfer

Incomplete 542 14-32Shelf Software Upgrade in Progress 542

14-33Shelf Temperature Out of Range 542

14-34

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-13

alarms (continued)Shelf Temperature Out of Range

Warning 542 14-36Shelf VAC Failed/Missing 542 14-38SP 542 14-1SP Database Backup Failure 542 14-39SP Database Restore Failure 542 14-40SP Intrasite Communication Failure 542

14-41, 542 14-43SP Software Below Baseline 542 14-44TPT 542 20-1TPT Optical Tray Mismatch 542 20-3TPT Optical Tray Missing 542 20-6TPT Unknown Circuit Pack 542 20-8types 542 3-2visual indicators 542 3-2VOA Optical Tray Mismatch 542 21-3VOA Optical Tray Missing 542 21-6VOA Unknown Circuit Pack 542 21-8

alerts and shelf restarts 542 3-2ALR. See automatic laser recoveryALS. See automatic laser shutdownALW-DBREPT-ALL, TL1 alarm and event

commands 190 11-4ALW-LOG-SECU, TL1 security and

administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-15

ALW-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-54

ALW-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-20

ALW-MSG-ALL, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-4

ALW-MSG-SECU, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-5

ALW-MSG-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-17

ALW-PMREPT-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-8

ALW-PMREPT-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-9

ALW-PMREPT-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-10


ALW-PMREPT-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-11

ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-12

ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-12

ALW-PMREPT-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-13

ALW-PMREPT-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-14

ALW-PMREPT-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-15

ALW-PMREPT-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-16

ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-17

ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-17

ALW-PMREPT-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-18

ALW-PMREPT-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-19

ALW-UPSN, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-6

ALW-USER-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-6

ALW-USER-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-18

amplificationabout 110 3-126link engineering 110 5-8

amplified networks, equalizing 222 2-1amplified spans 110 7-14amplifier band average channel power,

about 222 2-11amplifiers

about 110 2-14band restrictions 110 7-13cascading 222 2-15, 222 2-16configurations 222 2-13receive power 110 7-13

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-14 Master index

APBE alarmsAPBE Performance Monitoring Timer

Failed 542 12-29Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 12-5Band Alarm Indication Signal 542 12-9Circuit Pack Failed 542 12-11Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 12-5Circuit Pack Missing 542 12-12Facility Out of Service - Optical Signal

Failure 542 12-14High Optical Power, Tx 542 12-46Incomplete Provisioning 542 12-16Inter-card Communication Failure 542

12-18Invalid Provisioning 542 12-20Loss of Signal 542 12-22Low Optical Power Warning, Tx 542

12-48Low Optical Power, Tx 542 12-48Optical Signal Failure 542 12-24Power Out of Range High 542 12-31Power Out of Range Low 542 12-33Rx Low Optical Power Warning, Rx 542

12-35Target Power Not Attainable High 542

12-37Target Power Not Attainable Low 542

12-38TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 12-39TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 12-41TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 12-44Unexpected Input Power Change 542

12-51Unknown Circuit Pack 542 12-53

APBE circuit packabout 102 13-1alarms, clearing 542 12-1connecting to OFA 221 3-64direction, location, and OFA type,

provisioning 310 3-140faceplates 102 13-3function and features 102 13-1indicator lamps 102 13-3location 102 13-4loopbacks 102 13-3Network Modeling Tool 222 2-14ordering 110 13-106


APBE circuit pack (continued)port assignments 222 2-14, 310 3-5power targets 222 2-14provisioning target power (using

SLEC) 222 2-132re-equalizing optical power of a band 222

2-128, 222 2-138removing service from a band 222 2-126replacing 546 3-94signal flow 102 13-2specifications 180 2-173threshold values for PM 180 2-174types 102 13-1

applications using patch panel 102 23-1APPLY, TL1 security and administration

commands 190 2-7APS protection switching 110 3-102ARP server, IP addressing in the

commissioning wizard 220 3-23Arrange Shelves window 101 7-118attenuator

components 110 2-16fixed 110 3-143OFA input, installing 221 3-335OFA output, installing 221 3-337OMX, installing at drop port of CWDM or

DWDM OMX 221 3-321OMX, installing at OTS IN port of ITU

CWDM OMX 221 3-328ordering 110 13-121OSC tray, installing 221 3-339

authentication header (AH), IPSec 110 11-16automatic laser recovery

disabling 310 1-122enabling 310 1-122

automatic laser shutdownabout 101 6-19alarm strategy 101 6-22configurations 101 6-22disabling 310 1-121enabling 310 1-121example 101 6-23protection 101 6-22

Auto-negotiation and pause detailsprovisioning 310 3-101

autonomous messages, TL1 interface 190 13-1

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-15

Bbackbone

connecting OCLD or OTR at OMX-less sites 221 3-295

connecting OCLD or OTRs to patch panel at OMX-less sites 221 3-300

connecting patch panel to backbone at OMX-less sites 221 3-307

connecting to site 221 3-274interconnecting enhanced trunk switches

through 221 3-284interconnecting enhanced trunk switches

through (patch panel) 221 3-289interconnecting optical trunk switches

through 221 3-278interconnecting optical trunk switches

through (patch panel) 221 3-289backup, shelf

configuration data 310 1-104TL1 procedure 190 15-2

baffle, air 102 1-15band

allocation worksheet 110 9-4equalization 110 3-134linear configuration 110 5-14ring configuration 110 5-13

bin countshistorical counts 101 3-26intervals 101 3-26

BIP5100 shelf rating 180 1-55200 shelf rating 180 1-4connecting power 201 6-51, 201 6-55, 210

5-52installing 210 4-22NTK599DA installing 201 4-56NTN458RA installing 201 4-49

BIP (NTK599DA)connecting power, front access) 201 6-63connecting power, rear access 201 6-66return/ground bridge 201 4-60

BIP installation/grounding kit (NTK599ZX) 201 4-56

BIP/FP 20A breaker kit, installing 201 4-54blank filler cards 201 8-20, 210 7-21


bootloaderupgrading

PC 546 3-116Preside 546 3-122Solaris 546 3-119

brackets, vertical optical fiber 102 1-14breaker interface panel. See BIPbridged linear and ring topology 110 3-33bridged linear topology 110 3-30bridged ring topology 110 3-31buffer. See event buffers

CC&L Dual splitter/coupler, installing 210

4-81C&L splitter/coupler

about 110 2-10alarms, clearing 542 17-1equipping rules 110 12-38function and features 102 17-1installing 201 4-113ordering 110 13-117replacing 546 2-137routing fibers 201 9-122specifications 180 1-29straddled vs bookended 110 3-157

C&L splitter/coupler alarmsOptical Signal Failure (Rx) 542 17-3

C&L splitter/coupler trayabout 102 17-1accessing connectors 221 1-47connecting to optical components 221

3-39connectors 102 17-3location 102 17-3replacing 546 2-130signal flow 102 17-3

cablesdata communications 102 21-37Ethernet 102 21-2Ethernet cross-over 201 7-32, 210 6-18fiber optic

labeling 201 9-5, 210 8-6labeling in an OFA installation kit 201

9-12fiber optic patch cords 102 21-2

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-16 Master index

cables (continued)interconnect 102 21-1labeling 201 9-5, 210 8-6labeling in an OFA installation kit 201

9-12peripheral, installing 201 7-1, 210 6-1pinout specifications 180 1-12pinouts 201 7-33, 201 7-39, 210 6-19, 210

6-23routing optical fiber 201 9-27, 210 8-20routing optical fiber for the Muxponder

circuit pack 201 9-30, 210 8-23cables and patch cords, Extended Metro

DWDM solution 102 33-4CANC, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-5CANC, TL1 autonomous messages, ETS

Comms module 190 17-67CANC-PROV, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-8CANC-USER, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-8CANC-USER, TL1 security and


CANC-USER-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-19

card level parameters, performance monitoring 101 7-136

cascaded amplifiers 110 7-14C-band

channels 110 7-13spectrum 110 1-18traffic, ECT 201 4-151

CD-ROMcontents 220 1-1downloading software from (Solaris) 220

1-27downloading software from

(Windows) 220 1-7center wavelength frequencies 180 2-79central office alarms. See COTEL interfacecentralized equalization

about 110 2-15, 222 2-1with APBE 222 2-14


centralized security administrationabout 110 11-37attributes, setting 310 2-19provisioning 110 11-41

chained topologyconnecting shelves using integrated

Ethernet switch on eSP 201 7-43, 210 6-26

provisioning 310 1-66challenge/response

about 110 11-45application, ordering 110 13-180shared secret, changing 310 2-27

channel assignmentsabout 110 3-4compatibility 180 3-1converting a protected to an unprotected

Muxponder path 310 3-253OCLD path 310 3-239OTR path 310 3-245

creating in TL1 190 6-1deleting 310 3-53Gigabit Ethernet 110 3-5manual switch 310 3-209pass-through 310 3-35protected 310 3-35querying 310 1-55System Manager 101 1-4unprotected 310 3-35viewing 101 7-85

Channel Assignments window 101 7-85, 101 7-87

CHK-HLTH, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-9

CHK-HLTH-REPT, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-10

CHK-PROV, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-11

chromatic dispersion 110 5-2circuit packs

about 102 4-1adding facilities 310 3-89amplifiers 110 2-14APBE circuit pack 102 13-1autoprovisioning 310 3-18channel assignment 110 2-8client side, about 110 2-2

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-17

circuit packs (continued)compatibility 180 3-1deleting facilities 310 3-86filler cards 102 14-1, 180 2-177indicator lamp functionality 102 4-21inserting filler cards 201 8-19, 210 7-21inserting in an Optical Metro 5100

shelf 210 7-3inserting in shelf 201 8-3installing 201 8-1, 210 7-1installing an ETS Comms module 201 8-6,

210 7-8installing an ETS Switch module 201 8-8,

210 7-10interaction 102 4-3line side, about 110 2-4locking out an active path 310 3-199, 310

3-204manual provisioning 310 3-23Muxponder 102 8-1OCI 102 5-1OCLD 102 6-1OCM 102 9-1OCM circuit pack 102 9-1OFA circuit pack 102 12-1OSC 102 10-1OSC circuit pack 102 10-1OTR 102 7-1power consumption 180 6-1, 180 6-7preventing damage 201 1-37, 210 1-37provisioning, about 310 3-1putting facilities in-service 310 3-68putting in-service 310 3-61replacing 546 3-1reseating 310 3-257seating in an Optical Metro 5100 shelf 220

3-53seating in an Optical Metro 5200 shelf 220

3-47shelf processor 110 2-8SP or eSP circuit pack 102 11-1supported by Optical Metro

5100/5200 102 4-2taking facilities out-of-service 310 3-82taking out-of-service 310 3-63tunable laser 102 4-25


cleaningadapter housings 201 10-15, 210 9-16assessing cleanliness of fiber end 201

10-24, 210 9-25FC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201

10-7, 210 9-8LC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201

10-7, 210 9-8MPO connectors 201 10-13, 210 9-14MT-RJ connectors 201 10-11, 210 9-12optical connectors 201 10-15, 210 9-16SC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201

10-7, 210 9-8SFP adapter housing 201 10-19, 210 9-20zones 201 10-1, 210 9-1

Clearing alarmsOME1110 542 27-3

clearing alarms1310 nm splitter/coupler alarms 542 19-1APBE alarms 542 12-1C&L splitter/coupler alarms 542 17-1discrete VOA 542 21-1, 542 25-1ECT alarms 542 10-1EIU alarms 542 18-1enhanced trunk switch 542 23-1MOTR alarms 542 28-1OCI alarms 542 5-1OCI SRM alarms 542 5-1OCI SRM GbE/FC alarms 542 6-1OCLD alarms 542 8-1OCM alarms 542 7-1OFA alarms 542 11-1OMX alarms 542 9-1optical trunk switch 542 24-1OSC alarms 542 16-1OTR alarms 542 13-1PBE alarms 542 10-1performance monitoring (PM) alarms 542

15-1security alarms 542 22-1shelf alarms 542 14-1SP alarms 542 14-1transponder protection tray alarms 542

20-1client management frames 110 3-96Client to Line Side Path Mapping

window 101 7-96

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-18 Master index

client-sidecircuit packs, about 110 2-2definition 110 1-3

clock referenceOCI SRM SONET/SDH

manual switching 310 3-230provisioning 310 3-227, 310 3-279settings, changing 310 1-111OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE,

provisioning 310 3-227clock synchronization

about 110 4-40Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT

circuit pack 110 4-46Muxponder 10 Gbit/s OTN

4xOC48/STM16 circuit pack 110 4-49

Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s circuit pack 110 4-40

Muxponder circuit pack 102 8-83OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack 110 4-40OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE circuit

pack 110 4-41CLR-ALM-SECU, TL1 alarm and event

commands 190 11-6CMMT-PROV, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-12CO alarm system. See COTEL interfacecoherent cross-talk 110 5-6commissioning

assigning IP addresses 220 3-1configuring DHCP 220 3-4connecting locally to uncommissioned

shelf 220 3-4determining software location on your

PC 220 3-58DHCP address 220 3-21Enhanced Trunk Switch 220 4-1ETS 220 4-1

sequence 220 4-3from backup file 220 3-29OME1110 220 6-1Optical Multiservice Edge 1110 220 6-1Photonic Trunk Switch 220 5-1preparing to 220 2-6, 220 2-9


commissioning (continued)seating circuit packs 220 3-47, 220 3-53sequence for commissioning a shelf 220

2-4sequence for OME1110 220 6-2using the Commissioning Wizard 220 3-8

Commissioning Wizardabout 101 1-1date and time 101 1-2network name 101 1-1shelf addressing 101 1-2shelf name 101 1-1shelf surveillance 101 1-2site name 101 1-1using to commission shelves 220 3-8

common bonding network (CBN) 201 3-14, 210 3-14

Common Photonic Layer100 GHz center wavelengths 110 1-2050 GHz center wavelengths 110 1-20data communications in Optical Metro

5100/5200 networks 110 10-51communication ports 110 10-57Communications window 101 7-100compatibility

channel assignment 180 3-1client-side circuit packs 180 3-16line-side circuit packs 180 3-8requirements 180 3-1

component handling precautions 201 1-37, 210 1-37, 222 1-4, 542 1-6, 542 4-5

components, preparing to connect 221 2-1concatenation, OCI SRM GbE/FC

provisioning 310 3-74configuration

backing up data 310 1-104changing for shelf 310 1-78, 310 1-90, 310

4-12restoring data 310 1-107TL1 interface 190 1-8

Configuration window 101 7-98configuring System Manager. See System

Manager

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-19

connecting1310 nm splitter/coupler to optical

components 221 3-48ABPE to OFA 221 3-64C&L splitter/coupler to optical

components 221 3-39discrete VOA to OFA 221 3-68DSCM trays to optical components 221

3-310east and west OMX modules 221 3-8ECT to optical components 221 3-52enhanced trunk switch to optical

components 221 3-109ground wire to the shelf 201 4-45, 210

4-19interconnecting enhanced trunk switches

through the backbone 221 3-284, 221 3-289

interconnecting optical trunk switches through the backbone 221 3-278

interconnecting optical trunk switches through the backbone (patch panel) 221 3-289

intershelf communications 201 7-32making pass-through connections on 10G

OTR 221 3-179making pass-through connections on 10G

OTR Enhanced 221 3-187multiple OMXs 221 3-8Muxponder circuit packs to subtending

equipment through transponder protection tray 221 3-352

OCI SRM ESCON through patch panel 221 3-211

OCI SRM GbE circuit pack to subtending equipment 221 3-222

OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack to subtending equipment 221 3-222

OCI SRM through patch panel 221 3-202, 221 3-235

OCI to subtending equipment 221 3-196, 221 3-228

OCLD or OTR to backbone at OMX-less sites 221 3-295, 221 3-300, 221 3-307

OFA at intermediate sites 221 3-86OFA filler cards to other components 221

3-79


connecting (continued)OFA to downstream components 221 3-72OMX 16CH DWDM (C band) to OMX

16CH DWDM (L band) 221 3-35OMX to LC filler cards 221 3-152OMX to Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC

circuit packs 221 3-139OMX to OCLD circuit packs 221 3-113OMX to OCLD filler cards 221 3-152OMX to OTR circuit packs 221 3-127OMXs to optical components 221 3-28optical trunk switch to optical

components 221 3-109OSC monitoring site 221 3-90OSC tray to OSC circuit pack 221 3-97OSC trays to optical components 221 3-93OTR circuit pack to subtending

equipment 221 3-162OTR circuit packs to subtending equipment

through transponder protection tray 221 3-169

PBE to OFA 221 3-60power leads to a shelf 201 6-5power leads to Optical Metro 5100 AC

shelf 210 5-19power leads to Optical Metro 5100 DC

shelf 210 5-6shelf alarms 201 7-4, 210 6-5site to backbone 221 3-274telemetry alarms 201 7-4telemetry equipment 210 6-5to a data communications networks 201

7-57, 210 6-35to the Ethernet hub 201 7-32WSC ports to subtending equipment 221

3-102connectors

10Base-T 180 1-91310 nm splitter/coupler tray 102 30-21310 nm splitter/coupler tray,

accessing 221 1-501U APRS rectifier 102 22-103U APRS rectifier 102 22-3assessing cleanliness of fiber end 201

10-24, 210 9-25C&L splitter/coupler tray 102 17-3

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-20 Master index

connectors (continued)C&L splitter/coupler tray, accessing 221

1-47cleaning

FC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8

LC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8

MPO connectors 201 10-13, 210 9-14MT-RJ connectors 201 10-11, 210 9-12optical fiber 201 10-2, 210 9-2SC connectors (simplex or duplex) 201

10-7, 210 9-8zones 201 10-1, 210 9-1

COTEL 180 1-14discrete VOA 102 32-3discrete VOA, accessing 221 1-63, 221

1-71DSCM tray, accessing 221 1-71ECT 102 18-5ECT, accessing 221 1-44eight-channel ITU CWDM OMX,

accessing 221 1-30, 221 1-34equipment inventory unit 102 31-2Ethernet hub 102 20-1Extended Metro DWDM solution DSCM

tray 102 33-4OMX (Standard) 102 15-15

accessing 221 1-3OMX 16CH DWDM, accessing 221 1-34OMX 1CH CWDM 102 15-21OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM,

accessing 221 1-21OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager,

accessing 221 1-8OMX 4CH CWDM 102 15-21OMX 4CH ITU CWDM 102 15-26

accessing 221 1-25OMX 8CH ITU CWDM 102 15-26OMX modules 102 15-15Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-8Optical Metro 5200 shelf 102 1-12OSC tray 102 16-7OSC, accessing 221 1-39patch panel, accessing 221 1-67PBE 102 19-6PBE, accessing 221 1-59


connectors (continued)quad-band CWDM OMX, accessing 221

1-16single-band CWDM OMX, accessing 221

1-12transponder protection tray 102 24-6transponder protection tray, accessing 221

1-54continuity test

Muxponder client-side to Muxponder client-side 542 4-13

Muxponder to OMX 542 4-21OCI to OCLD 542 4-13OCI to OMX 542 4-21OCLD or OTR line-side 542 4-8OTR client-side to OTR client-side 542

4-13OTR to OMX 542 4-21

conventional band. See C-bandcooling unit

about 102 1-5air filter 102 1-5connectors 102 1-6fan speeds 102 1-5grill 102 1-14indicator lamps 102 1-6location 102 1-6Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-10product engineering code 102 1-6replacing

5100 shelf 546 2-195200 shelf 546 2-15

COPY-RFILE, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-13

correlating FEC-CEs to Pre-FEC BER (dBQ reference), performance monitoring 310 7-1

COTEL card, about 102 1-11COTEL interface

about 102 1-11, 201 7-4connecting shelf alarms and telemetry

equipment 201 7-4connectors 180 1-14Enhanced Trunk Switch alarms,

connecting 210 6-40, 201 7-26optical trunk switch alarms,

connecting 201 7-22, 210 6-37

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-21

cross-connect commands, TL1 interface 190 6-1

crossover, Ethernet cable 201 7-57, 210 6-35cross-talk 110 7-22customer user class 101 6-7

Ddata communications

about 110 10-1assigning IP addresses 220 3-1assigning IP addresses to Ethernet port 310

1-70cables 102 21-37cables, ordering 110 13-179channel characteristics 110 10-45channel costs 110 10-45Common Photonic Layer

considerations 110 10-51configuration examples 110 10-29

dual GNEs and OSPF backbone 110 10-33

dual GNEs and SNMP proxy 110 10-42multiple GNEs and BGP 110 10-38single GNE 110 10-29

configuring DHCP 220 1-45, 220 3-4connecting to network 201 7-57, 210 6-35DNS proxy service

disabling 310 1-73enabling 310 1-73setting 310 1-75

engineering 110 10-24engineering guidelines 110 10-44external 110 10-10externally visible addresses 110 10-22FAQ 110 10-27internal 110 10-3internal IP addresses 110 10-21IP addressing 110 10-19management protocols 110 10-17network 201 7-57, 210 6-35setting with the System Manager 310 1-67subnet mask 110 10-20System Manager IP addresses 310 1-3

date and time, ETS 220 4-17date, setting 310 1-56


DC outputs1U AC rectifier 201 6-382U AC rectifier 201 6-27

DCN. See data communicationsdecommissioning, shelf 310 4-3default gateway address, description 220

3-22deleting

channel assignments 310 3-53circuit packs from the inventory 310 3-66path assignments 310 3-60shelf 310 4-9

deployment rules for network topologies 110 3-37

DHCP address, commissioning 220 3-21dimensions, shelf 180 1-5disabling

facility TCA notification, PM procedures 310 7-23

facility TCA reporting, PM procedures 310 7-25

intrasite fault sectionalization 310 3-151discrete VOA

about 102 32-1accessing connectors 221 1-63, 221 1-71alarms, clearing 542 21-1, 542 25-1, 542

26-1connect to OFA 221 3-68connectors 102 32-3drawer, replacing 546 2-218equipping rules 110 12-38location 102 32-3ordering 110 13-107provisioning manually 310 3-129replacing VOA module in drawer 546

2-212routing fibers 201 9-126, 210 8-90specifications 180 1-34types 102 32-1

discrete VOA alarmsOptical Tray Mismatch 542 21-3Optical Tray Missing 542 21-6Unknown Circuit Pack 542 21-8

dispersionlimit 110 7-35penalty 110 7-29

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-22 Master index

distributed equalizationabout 110 2-15, 222 2-1equalizing newly installed amplified

networks 222 2-60diverse route topology, Muxponder circuit

packs 110 3-75, 110 3-87DLT-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-6DLT-BANNER, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-15DLT-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect

commands 190 6-5DLT-CRS-PATH, TL1 cross-connect

commands 190 6-7DLT-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190

4-2DLT-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190

5-7DLT-IPSEC-PLCY, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-16DLT-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-8DLT-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-9DLT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-9DLT-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-10DLT-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190

5-11DLT-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-12DLT-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-12DLT-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-13DLT-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-14DLT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-14DLT-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-15DLT-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-16DLT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-17DLT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and


DLT-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-16DNS proxy service



documentationordering 110 13-181overview 090 1-1

downloading software See softwaredrawer with tray assemblies, routing

fiber 201 9-22, 210 8-15drawers. See equipment drawerDSCM

about 102 33-1, 110 2-22cables and optical patch cords 102 33-4connectors 102 33-4equipping rules 110 12-38installing 210 4-78latency specifications 180 2-191location 102 33-5ordering 110 13-110physical description 102 33-1routing fibers 201 9-130, 210 8-94signal flow 102 33-4specifications 180 1-31topologies

Extended Metro DWDM 110 3-160line amplifier 110 3-164receiver 110 3-161transmitter 110 3-160

DSCM alarmsOptical Tray Mismatch 542 25-3Optical Tray Missing 542 25-6

DSCM drawer 102 33-2installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56

DSCM tray 102 33-3accessing connectors 221 1-71installing 201 4-157replacing 546 2-227

dual density fibering method, about 110 3-123

dual filter drawer, installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56

dual hub and spoke topology 110 3-31DWDM OMX, installing an attenuator at add

port 221 3-316DWDM-OM5000 100 GHz centre

wavelengths 101 7-36DWDM-OM5000 200 GHz centre

wavelengths 101 7-36

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-23

EECT

about 102 18-1accessing connectors 221 1-44alarms, clearing 542 10-1C-band traffic 201 4-151connect to optical components 221 3-52connectors 102 18-5equipping rules 110 12-38faceplate 102 18-2installing 201 4-151installing in a drawer 201 4-151L-band traffic 201 4-151location 102 18-5miniature VOA 201 4-151OTS input and output adapters 201 4-151provisioning manually 310 3-120putting in-service 310 3-120replacing 546 2-143routing fibers 201 9-64signal flow 102 18-3specifications 180 1-33types 102 18-2

ECT/PBE alarmsAutoprovisioning Mismatch 542 10-4Optical Tray Mismatch 542 10-4Optical Tray Missing 542 10-6Unknown Circuit Pack 542 10-8

ED-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-17ED-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect

commands 190 6-8ED-CRS-OC12, TL1 cross-connect





commands 190 6-24ED-DAT, TL1 security and administration

commands 190 2-17ED-DAT, TL1 security and administration

commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-20


ED-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190 4-3

ED-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-42

ED-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-6

ED-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-18

ED-IKE-PLCY, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-18

ED-IP, TL1 system commands 190 3-3ED-IP-BGP, TL1 system commands 190 3-8ED-IP-DNS, TL1 system commands 190

3-10ED-IP-NAT, TL1 system commands 190

3-11ED-IP-OSPF, TL1 system commands 190

3-13ED-IPSEC-PLCY, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-19ED-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-20ED-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-22, 190 5-25ED-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-25ED-NE-CFG, TL1 system commands 190

3-17ED-NE-FEAT, TL1 system commands 190

3-20ED-NE-NAME, TL1 system commands 190

3-22ED-OC, TL1 equipment commands, ETS

Switch module 190 18-8ED-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-25ED-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190 5-26ED-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-27ED-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-27ED-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-28ED-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-29ED-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility commands 190

5-29ED-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-30ED-PID, TL1 security and administration

commands 190 2-23

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-24 Master index

ED-PID, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-21

ED-SECU-PID, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-24

ED-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-31ED-TCA-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring

commands 190 10-20ED-TCA-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring

commands 190 10-21ED-TCA-GFSRM, TL1 performance

monitoring commands 190 10-22ED-TCA-MOTR, TL1 performance

monitoring commands 190 10-25ED-TCA-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance

monitoring commands 190 10-30, 190 10-34

ED-TCA-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-36

ED-TCA-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-37

ED-TCA-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-39

ED-TCA-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-40

ED-TCA-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-46

ED-TCA-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-47

ED-TCA-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-48

ED-TCA-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-50

ED-TTI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-32ED-USER-CMNTY, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-25ED-USER-SECU, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-26ED-USER-SECU, TL1 security and


ED-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-33eight-channel ITU CWDM OMX

accessing connectors 221 1-30, 221 1-34EMC, regulatory labels 180 5-10


enablingfacility TCA notification, PM

procedures 310 7-23facility TCA reporting, PM

procedures 310 7-25intrasite sectionalization 310 3-148

encapsulating security payload (ESP), IPSec 110 11-18

encapsulation types, OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102 7-18

Enhanced Trunk Switch. See also ETSabout 110 3-140commissioning sequence 220 4-3connecting alarms 201 7-26, 210 6-40connecting power leads 210 5-45connect to optical components 221 3-109ETS Comms module

communicating locally 310 8-6communicating remotely 310 8-8date and time, changing 310 8-14Ethernet port parameters, changing 310

8-12logging out 310 8-15password, changing 310 8-10TID, changing 310 8-13

ETS Switch moduleoperating and switching modes,

setting 310 8-18putting in-service 310 8-17setting, active path 310 8-4setting, operating mode to manual 310

8-3setting, reference power level 310 8-5taking out-of-service 310 8-16

interconnecting through the backbone 221 3-284

interconnecting through the backbone (patch panel) 221 3-289

OAM&P 310 8-1protection switch

operating 310 8-20releasing 310 8-21

grounding 210 5-45installing 201 4-92, 210 4-44ordering 110 13-114

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-25

Enhanced Truck Switch (continued)remote management using Ethernet 1X

port 110 10-54routing fibers 201 9-112, 210 8-102security features 110 11-55shelf, connecting 201 7-54, 210 6-32specifications 180 1-37switching time 180 4-5

ENT-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-34

ENT-CHALLENGE-RESPONSE, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-27

ENT-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-29

ENT-CRS-OC12, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-38





ENT-CRS-PATH, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-45

ENT-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190 4-5

ENT-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-35

ENT-IP-NAT, TL1 facility commands 190 5-36

ENT-IPSEC-PLCY, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-28

ENT-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-37

ENT-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190 5-38

ENT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility commands 190 5-39

ENT-NE-CFG, TL1 system commands 190 3-23

ENT-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-40ENT-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190

5-40ENT-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-41


ENT-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-42ENT-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-43ENT-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-44ENT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-45ENT-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-46ENT-RMT-USER, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-46ENT-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-47ENT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-30ENT-USER-SECU, TL1 security and


ENT-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-48environment

commands, TL1 interface 190 12-1humidity 180 1-2specifications 180 1-2temperature limits 180 1-2

EQ-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-49EQ-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-50equalization

about 110 3-134amplified networks, about 222 2-1centralized 110 2-15, 110 3-135centralized, with APBE 222 2-14components 110 2-15distributed 110 2-15, 110 3-135fixed pad attenuators 110 3-143link engineering 110 5-8newly installed amplified networks 222

2-25newly installed amplified networks that use

distributed equalization 222 2-60newly installed amplified system or

Extended Metro system (using SLEC) 222 2-51

newly installed Extended Metro amplified networks 222 2-38

phases 222 2-7re-equalizing optical power of a band 222

2-128, 222 2-138report (sample) 222 2-18taking a band out-of-service 222 2-126

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-26 Master index

equalizer coupler tray. See ECTequipment

common bonding network (CBN) 201 3-14, 210 3-14

grounding 201 3-14, 210 3-14installing 201 4-1isolated bonding network (IBN) 201 3-14,

210 3-14performance monitoring 101 3-65PM query result details 101 7-131positions in rack or cabinet 210 4-6replacing 546 2-1

equipment access identifiers (AIDs) (TL1) 190 1-16

equipment commands, TL1 interface 190 4-1equipment drawer

connecting east and west OMXs 221 3-8cross-connecting OMXs 221 3-22ECT, installing 201 4-151grounding 201 4-113, 210 4-56installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56installing additional 201 4-141locking clip

non-spring-loaded (beige) 201 9-56, 210 8-41, 210 8-48

spring-loaded (red) 201 9-57, 210 8-42, 210 8-48

equipment inventory unit (EIU)about 102 31-1, 110 2-22alarms, clearing 542 18-1connecting

passive devices 201 7-75, 210 6-58connecting passive devices 201 7-83, 210

6-63connecting power 201 6-70, 210 5-62connecting to the maintenance panel 201

7-87, 210 6-67connectors 102 31-2equipping rules 110 12-41grounding 210 4-84indicator lamps 102 31-2installing 201 4-133, 210 4-84location 102 31-3ordering 110 13-114provisioning manually 310 3-133replacing 546 2-223specifications 180 1-43


equipment inventory unit (EIU) alarmsEquipment Inventory Unit Mismatch 542

18-4Equipment Inventory Unit

Missing/Failed 542 18-6Unknown Circuit Pack 542 18-8

equipment protection, forced switch 310 3-207

equipment rackEIA mounting brackets 102 3-5equipping rules 110 12-45examples 110 12-53, 110 12-57, 110 12-59fiber bend radius 110 12-51floor area, preparing 201 3-3, 210 3-3front-mounting 201 4-30, 210 4-16grounding 201 3-14, 210 3-14installation sequence 110 12-50installing 102 3-4, 201 3-1, 210 3-1layout 110 12-48mid-mounting 201 4-37, 210 4-16peripheral space requirements 110 12-47positioning 110 12-48securing 201 3-6, 210 3-6upgrade plans 110 12-51use of space 110 12-50worksheet 110 12-52

Equipment window 101 7-47equipping rules 110 12-1

cables 110 12-43CWDM OMX 110 12-36CWDM single-band 110 12-36discrete VOA 110 12-38DSCM 110 12-38DWDM OMX 110 12-34ECT 110 12-38enhanced trunk switch 110 12-39environment 110 12-2equipment inventory unit 110 12-41equipment racks 110 12-45Ethernet hubs 110 12-43examples of sites 110 12-53fiber bend radius 110 12-51fiber characterization 110 12-4fiber manager 110 12-41floor space 110 12-4installation sequence 110 12-50ITU CWDM OMX 110 12-36

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-27

equipping rules (continued)NEBS shelf extension 110 12-45OMX (Standard) 110 12-35OMX 16CH DWDM 110 12-35OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz 110 12-35OMX 4CH and Fiber Manager 110 12-35OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz 110 12-35OMX 4CH Enhanced 110 12-35optical trunk switch 110 12-39OSC 110 12-38patch panels 110 12-41PBE 110 12-38Photonic Trunk Switch 110 12-39power 110 12-3quad-band CWDM OMX 110 12-36rack positions 201 4-10rectifiers 110 12-43slot configurations

5100 110 12-125200 110 12-4

splitter/coupler trays 110 12-38transponder protection tray 110 12-40upgrade plans 110 12-51

error codes, TL1 interface 190 14-1error messages

internal 542 3-25 to 542 3-32operational 542 3-21 to 542 3-25

ESDdissipating static electricity 201 1-36, 210

1-36ground, port on maintenance panel 102

1-12grounding lug 102 1-7protection 201 4-45

establishing a connection, TL1 interface 190 1-26, 190 1-30

Ethernetassigning IP addresses 310 1-70configure connection (Windows) 220 1-30intrasite communications 110 10-5port 2 access control 110 10-8port on maintenance panel 102 1-13port pinouts 180 1-11provisioning

port 1 IP forwarding 310 1-65port 2 access control 310 1-62port alarms 310 1-59


Ethernet cablecrossover 201 7-57, 210 6-35equipping rules 110 12-43maximum length 180 1-12ordering 110 13-125product engineering codes 102 21-2requirements 110 12-43

Optical Metro 5100 shelf 210 6-2, 210 6-21

Optical Metro 5200 shelf 201 7-37types 102 21-2, 110 13-125

Ethernet hubabout 102 20-1, 110 2-22connecting power 201 6-67, 210 5-58connections 201 7-32connectors 102 20-1equipping rules 110 12-43in point-to-point network 210 4-36in ring network 210 4-36indicator lamps 102 20-2installing 201 4-84, 210 4-36intershelf messaging 201 7-37, 210 6-21location 102 20-2ordering 110 13-114point-to-point network 201 4-84power requirements 102 20-1requirements 102 20-1ring network 201 4-84specifications 180 1-42

Ethernet port configuring, ETS Comms module 220 4-11

Ethernet switch on eSP, intershelf messaging 201 7-43, 210 6-26

ETS 102 26-1, 220 4-3alarms

troubleshooting using TL1 542 23-15applications 102 26-3commissioning 220 4-1Comms 102 26-8Comms alarms

electrical failure supply A or B 542 23-13

Loss of power 542 23-14Managed module raises a minor

alarm 542 23-13

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-28 Master index

ETS (continued)Comms alarms (continued)

Managed module raises a mj/cr alarm 542 23-12

Module Failed 542 23-10Module mounted in the wrong slot 542

23-11Comms module 102 26-1

changing the password 220 4-8configuring the Ethernet port 220 4-11installing in an ETS shelf 201 8-6, 210

7-8logging in to 220 4-6, 220 4-15logging out of 220 4-19non-security alarms 190 16-11reinitializing 220 4-14replacing 546 2-175security alarms 190 16-13setting the TID 220 4-13system security management 190 17-1TL1 commands 190 17-1TL1 messages 190 16-1

equipping rules 110 12-39fan module, replacing 546 2-184indicator lamps 102 26-10operation modes 102 26-3routing fibers 201 9-112, 210 8-102setting time and date 220 4-17shelf 102 26-1

connecting 201 7-54, 210 6-32fuses, replacing 546 2-189location 102 26-11

Switch alarmsElectrical power failure 542 23-22No optical signal is present 542 23-20Received Power High 542 23-19Received Power Low 542 23-17

Switch module 102 26-1alarms 190 16-8installing in an ETS shelf 201 8-8, 210

7-10replacing 546 2-168TL1 commands 190 18-1TL1 messages 190 16-1

switch module 102 26-10


ETSI rackinstalling shelves in 201 5-1replacing OME1110 module in 546 4-9

event buffersclearing 310 1-31System Manager 101 1-5viewing 310 1-27

event consoleclearing 310 1-31viewing 310 1-27

Event Console window 101 7-42Event Details window 101 7-45Event History window 101 7-44event history, about 101 1-4event lists

about 310 1-30printing 310 1-30

event logoptical truck switch 542 3-18saving 310 1-28

event reporting, SLEC 542 2-14events

related commands in TL1 190 11-1saving event log files 310 1-28shelf restarts 542 3-2System Manager 542 3-2types 542 3-2viewing 310 1-27viewing history 310 1-25

Extended Metro DWDM solution 222 2-16application 102 33-1cables and patch cords 102 33-4DSCM drawer 102 33-2DSCM signal flow 102 33-4DSCM topologies 110 3-160DSCM tray connectors 102 33-4link engineering 110 7-5shelf location 102 33-5

external control, related commands in TL1 190 12-1

external management, configuring in the System Manager 310 4-16

External Manager Entry window 101 7-116external surveillance, configuring for a

shelf 310 4-16

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-29

FFacilities window 101 7-66facility

adding 310 3-89adjusting PP threshold value, PM

procedures 310 7-27changing state

in-service 310 3-68out-of-service 310 3-82

deleting 310 3-86information, viewing 101 7-47performance monitoring 101 3-26performance parameters 101 3-26PM query result details 101 7-134putting in-service 310 3-68putting WSC in-service 310 3-80querying 310 1-54resetting counts to zero, PM

procedures 310 7-17resetting PP thresholds to default values,

PM procedures 310 7-29taking out-of-service 310 3-82viewing history counts, PM

procedures 310 7-16facility access identifiers (AIDs) (TL1) 190

1-20facility commands, TL1 interface 190 5-1facility loopback commands, TL1

interface 190 7-1failed login attempt threshold 110 11-52fan. See cooling unitfault isolation

with alarms present 542 3-1with no alarms present 542 1-4

fault sectionalizationabout 101 2-1intersite

about 101 2-1considerations 101 2-4fiber failure examples 101 2-5incorrect reporting 101 2-4OFA fault 101 2-3OSC fiber break 101 2-3OSC ports 101 2-5


fault sectionalization (continued)intrasite

about 101 2-7deployment rules 101 2-13OFA sites 101 2-14topologies 101 2-8

overview 101 2-1troubleshooting 542 2-1

Fault window 101 7-40FC connector, cleaning (simplex or

duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8fiber

bend radius, about 110 12-51cleaning connectors 201 10-15, 210 9-16connecting to OME1110 201 5-14managing 201 9-1, 210 8-1non-linearities 110 5-6pairs 110 3-117patch cord

NT0H39AA 102 21-5NT0H39AB 102 21-6NT0H39AD 102 21-7NT0H39AE 102 21-8NT0H4319 102 21-9NT0H4320 102 21-10NT0H4321 102 21-11NT0H4325 102 21-12NT0H4326 102 21-13NT0H4327 102 21-13NT0H4328 102 21-14NT0H4330 102 21-15NT0H4331 102 21-16NT0H4332 102 21-17NT0H4333 102 21-18NT0H4343 102 21-19NT0H4344 102 21-20NT0H4346 102 21-21NT0H4347 102 21-22NT0H4348 102 21-22NT0H4349 102 21-23NT0H4381 102 21-24NT0H4382 102 21-26NT0H4383 102 21-27NT0H4384 102 21-28NT0H4385 102 21-29NT0H4386 102 21-30NT0H4387 102 21-30

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-30 Master index

fiber (continued)patch cord (continued)

NT0H4388 102 21-31NT0H4389 102 21-31NT0H4390 102 21-32NT0H4391 102 21-32NT0H4392 102 21-33NT0H4393 102 21-33NT0H4396 102 21-34NT0H4398 102 21-34NT0H43JC 102 21-35NTTC53AT-NTTC53AY 102 21-36

routing in a drawer equipped with tray assemblies 201 9-22, 210 8-15

routing in the fiber manager 201 9-17, 210 8-10

fiber. See also optical fiberfiber characterization 110 12-4

about 110 14-1fiber optic transmission 110 14-2tests 110 14-4

fiber managementabout 201 9-1, 210 8-1handling precautions 201 9-2, 201 10-4,

210 8-2, 210 9-5fiber management trough, about 102 1-14fiber manager

about 102 29-1equipping rules 110 12-41installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56location 102 29-2ordering 110 13-112routing fiber 201 9-17, 210 8-10

fiber tool 201 10-4, 210 9-5fibering topology and configuration

provisioning 310 3-146Fibre Channel, extended reach distances 180

2-192field descriptions, System Manager 101 7-2filler cards 201 8-19, 210 7-21

about 102 14-1blank 201 8-20, 210 7-21blank filler cards 102 14-2for unused slots 102 14-2, 201 8-20, 210

7-21function and features 102 14-1


filler cards (continued)inserting in shelf 201 8-19, 210 7-21LC filler cards 102 14-2, 201 8-19, 210

7-21location 102 14-2OCLD filler cards 102 14-1, 201 8-19, 210

7-21OFA filler cards 102 14-2, 201 8-20ordering 110 13-92pre-fibering 201 8-19, 210 7-21rules for using 201 8-22, 210 7-22types 180 2-177

filtersreplacing

5100 shelf 546 2-115200 shelf 546 2-8

fixed value link engineeringOMX fibering methods 110 8-7performing for CWDM and DWDM

networks 110 8-7work flow 110 8-3

flow control, OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102 7-20force switch

on OCM circuit packs 310 3-207removing a path switch 310 3-179removing from an OCM 310 3-214

frame filler panels, ordering 110 13-179frames, ordering 110 13-179front-mounting without vertical fiber

brackets 201 4-35, 201 4-38front-mounting, holes on a shelf 201 4-14fuse panel (NTK599EA)

connecting power, front access 201 6-63connecting power, rear access 201 6-66return/ground bridge 201 4-60

fuses, replacing on ETS shelf 546 2-189

Ggateway network element

commissioning 220 3-22connecting the shelf 220 1-53connecting TL1 190 1-32default 220 3-22using in TL1 190 1-32

Generic Framing Procedure. See GFP

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-31

GFP 102 8-23about 110 4-3client management frames 110 3-96conditioning, setting 310 3-92

Gigabit Ethernetchannel assignments 110 3-5frame length 180 2-184Muxponder circuit pack 102 8-40preamble 110 3-101

grounding 201 3-14, 210 3-142U AC rectifier (NTN458SB) 201 4-70common bonding network (CBN) 201

3-14, 210 3-14enhanced trunk switch 210 5-45equipment drawers 201 4-113, 210 4-56equipment inventory unit 210 4-84equipment racks 201 3-14, 210 3-14ESD jack 102 1-7isolated bonding network (IBN) 201 3-14,

210 3-14second OMX in an OADM shelf 201 4-146shelf 201 4-45, 210 4-19

Hhair-pinning 101 6-33HCCS reference attribute 310 7-1health check

hardware baseline 542 1-16performing 310 1-113report, saving 310 1-116

historical counts, bin counts 101 3-26hub and spoke topology 110 3-30hub site, installing the Ethernet hub at a 201

4-84, 210 4-36hubbed provisioning 310 1-66hubbed-ring, with Ethernet hub 201 4-84,

210 4-36humidity, operating environment 180 1-2

IIDF. See invalid data flagIHN-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands,

ETS Switch module 190 18-21IHN-UPSN, TL1 alarm and event

commands 190 11-9


indicator lamps 102 4-2110Base-T connections 102 1-13alarm cut-off (ACO) 102 1-10alarms 102 1-10cooling unit 102 1-6during the system lamp test 222 1-8equipment inventory unit 102 31-2Ethernet connections 102 1-13Ethernet hub 102 20-2maintenance panel 102 1-10optical trunk switch 102 25-5testing on shelf 222 1-7

INH-DBREPT-ALL, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-7

INH-LOG-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-26

INH-MSG, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-56

INH-MSG-ALL, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-8

INH-MSG-SECU, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-9

INH-MSG-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-27

INH-PMREPT-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-54

INH-PMREPT-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-54

INH-PMREPT-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-55

INH-PMREPT-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-56

INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-57

INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-58

INH-PMREPT-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-59

INH-PMREPT-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-59

INH-PMREPT-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-60

INH-PMREPT-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-61

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-32 Master index

INH-PMREPT-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-62

INH-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-62

INH-PMREPT-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-63

INH-PMREPT-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-64

INH-UPSN, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-9

INH-USER-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-31

INH-USER-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-28

INIT-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-38

INIT-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-3

INIT-OMREG-EQPT, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-2

INIT-OMREG-GFSRM, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-3

INIT-OMREG-MOTRSFP, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-4

INIT-OMREG-OTR, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-5

INIT-OMREG-OTRXFP, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-7

INIT-REG-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-65

INIT-REG-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-66

INIT-REG-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-67

INIT-REG-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-69

INIT-REG-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-70

INIT-REG-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-72

INIT-REG-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-74

INIT-REG-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-76

INIT-REG-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-77


INIT-REG-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-79

INIT-REG-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-80

INIT-REG-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-82

INIT-REG-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-83

INIT-REG-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-85

INIT-SYS, TL1 system commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-39

INIT-SYS, TL1 system commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-4

INIT-WARM, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-32

in-service, circuit packs 310 3-61installation

mounting brackets 102 3-4preparing 201 2-1, 210 2-1shelf installation kit 102 3-1

installation kitabout 102 3-1mounting brackets 102 3-4mounting hardware 102 3-9vertical fiber brackets 102 3-1

installing 201 4-1411310 nm splitter/coupler tray 201 4-113,

210 4-561U APRS rectifier 210 4-312U AC rectifier (NTN458SB/SC) 201 4-663U APRS rectifier 210 4-27BIP 210 4-22BIP NTK599DA 201 4-56BIP NTN458RA 201 4-49BIP/FIP 20A breaker kit 201 4-54C&L splitter/coupler 201 4-113circuit packs 201 8-1, 210 7-1DSCM drawer 201 4-113, 210 4-56DSCM tray in a DSCM drawer 201 4-157,

210 4-78dual filter drawer 201 4-113, 210 4-56ECT 201 4-151Enhanced Trunk Switch 201 4-92, 210

4-44equipment 201 4-1equipment drawers 201 4-113, 210 4-56

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-33

installing (continued)equipment inventory unit 201 4-133, 210

4-84equipment racks 102 3-4Ethernet hub 201 4-84, 210 4-36fiber manager 201 4-113, 210 4-56fuse panel NTK599EA 201 4-56NEBS shelf extension 201 4-27OMX (Standard) 201 4-104OMX 16CH DWDM 201 4-113, 210 4-56OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz 210 4-56OMX 16CH DWDN 100 GHz 201 4-113OMX 1CH CWDM 201 4-113OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM 201

4-113, 210 4-56OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager 201 4-113,

210 4-56OMX 4CH CWDM 201 4-113, 210 4-56OMX 4CH CWDM with dual taps 201

4-113, 210 4-56OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz 201 4-113,

210 4-56OMX 4CH Enhanced 201 4-113, 210 4-56OMX 4CH ITU CWDM 201 4-113, 210

4-56OMX 4CH OADM ITU CWDM 201

4-113, 210 4-56OMX 8CH ITU CWDM 201 4-113, 210

4-56OMX1CH CWDM module 210 4-76Optical Metro 5100 shelf cover 210 4-92optical trunk switch 201 4-88, 210 4-39OSC 201 4-113, 210 4-56OSC with dual taps 201 4-113, 210 4-56patch panel 201 4-113patch panel 16 port (NT0H43CA) 210

4-56patch panel 20 port (NT0H43CB) 201

4-113, 210 4-56PBE 201 4-113PBE C-band 100 GHz 201 4-113Photonic Trunk Switch 201 4-102, 210

4-54second OMX in an OADM shelf 201 4-146shelf cover 201 4-163shelves 201 4-1


installing (continued)transponder protection tray 201 4-113, 210

4-56vertical fiber brackets 201 4-23VOA drawer 201 4-113VOA drawer with one tray 210 4-56VOA drawer with two trays 210 4-56

installing an attenuator at add port in DWDM OMX 221 3-316

installing an LC-LC attenuator at channel port in OMX 16CH DWDM 221 3-331

installing optical trays in a drawer 201 4-160, 210 4-81

1310 nm splitter/coupler 201 4-160, 210 4-81

C&L Dual splitter/coupler 201 4-160, 210 4-81

OMX 1CH CWDM 201 4-160, 210 4-81OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM 201

4-160, 210 4-81OSC splitter/coupler tray 201 4-160, 210

4-81OSC splitter/coupler tray with dual

taps 201 4-160, 210 4-81VOA tray 201 4-160, 210 4-81

Interface Statistics window 101 7-138internal error messages

connection details 542 3-26general errors 542 3-28network discovery 542 3-29passwords 542 3-30protocols 542 3-30provisioning details 542 3-30 to 542 3-31shelf 542 3-32

Internet Explorer, configuring 220 1-33internet key exchange (IKE), IPSec 110

11-20interoperability

considerations, IPSec 110 11-34with OME1110 110 4-37with OME6100 110 4-31with OME6500 Broadband 110 4-31with other platforms 110 4-33with OTN networks 110 4-34

interoperable topology, Muxponder circuit packs 110 3-66

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-34 Master index

intershelf communications, setting up 201 7-32

intershelf messagingconnecting 201 7-37, 210 6-21Ethernet hub 201 7-37, 210 6-21Ethernet switch on eSP 201 7-43, 210 6-26

intersite fault sectionalization, about 101 2-1intervals, bin counts 101 3-26intrasite fault sectionalization

about 101 2-7deployment rules 101 2-13disabling 310 3-151enabling 310 3-148how it works 101 2-7OFA sites 101 2-14testing 222 1-67topologies 101 2-8wiring 222 1-67

intrusion attempts handling, setting 310 2-22invalid data flag, about 101 3-27inventory

circuit packs, deleting 310 3-66information, viewing 101 7-47querying list 310 1-53

Inventory window 101 7-48IP addresses

access to the System Manager through 310 1-3

ARP servers 220 3-23assigning 220 3-1configuration examples 110 10-29 to 110

10-41configuring connection to DHCP 220 1-53configuring DHCP 220 1-45, 220 3-4converting from private to public 310 1-78converting from public to private 310 1-90externally visible 110 10-22internal 110 10-21scheme 110 10-19setting with the System Manager 310 1-67System Manager 101 7-100

IP Routing window 101 7-137IP statistics, viewing 310 2-42


IPSecconfiguring security policies 110 11-28enabling 110 11-28functions 110 11-12interoperability considerations 110 11-34logs 110 11-27management 110 11-27overview 110 11-11protocols 110 11-15provisioning

configuring a security policy 310 2-33disabling IPSec, from Security

menu 310 2-31enabling and disabling IPSec, from IPSec

Provision window 310 2-32provisioning Internet Key Exchange

(IKE) 310 2-33setting violation alert threshold 310

2-32security association 110 11-24security association database (SADB) 110

11-25security policy database (SPD) 110 11-25summary 110 11-36

IPSec Provision window 101 7-12IPSec Statistics window 101 7-144isolated bonding network (IBN) 201 3-14,

210 3-14ITU CWDM OMX, equipping rules 110

12-36

JJava plug-in

installingSolaris 542 1-25Windows 2000/Vista/XP 542 1-23

uninstallingWindows 2000/Vista/XP 542 1-19

jitter 110 5-3, 110 7-26

Llamps 102 4-21laser radiation tag 201 4-104laser safety 201 1-3, 210 1-3

notices 542 1-5

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-35

latencyDSCMs 180 2-191Muxponder circuit pack 180 2-187OCI SRM 1310 nm circuit packs 180

2-187specifications 180 2-182

layoutOptical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-1Optical Metro 5200 shelf 102 1-3

L-bandchannels 110 7-13spectrum 110 1-18traffic, ECT 201 4-151

LC connector, cleaning (simplex or duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8

LC filler cardsabout 102 14-2, 201 8-19, 210 7-21connect to OMX 221 3-152connectors on faceplate 102 14-2, 201

8-19licenses, ordering 110 13-5line amplifier topologies 110 3-164linear configuration, allocation of bands 110

5-14linear system, provisioning connected

direction at end-point nodes 222 2-136

linear topologies, about 110 3-28line-side

circuit packs, about 110 2-4definition 110 1-3protection, Muxponder 10 Gbit/s circuit

pack 102 8-78link budgets 110 9-8

remodeling 110 9-1traffic demands 110 9-1

link engineering1310 nm splitter/coupler 110 5-8add/drop filters 110 5-7amplification 110 5-8and OMX fibering 110 5-14C/L splitter/couplers 110 5-7chromatic dispersion 110 5-2coherent cross-talk 110 5-6


link engineering (continued)components specifications

1310 nm splitter/coupler 110 6-29APBE circuit packs 110 6-33C&L splitter/coupler 110 6-29discrete VOAs 110 6-34DSCM 110 6-30ECTs 110 6-34enhanced trunk switch 110 6-40Muxponder circuit packs 110 6-10OCLD circuit packs 110 6-1OFA circuit packs 110 6-14OMXs 110 6-22optical trunk switch 110 6-39OSC tray 110 6-37OTR circuit packs 110 6-4PBEs 110 6-32Photonic Trunk Switch 110 6-42

custom link designs 110 15-1DSCM 110 5-8DWDM OM5000 100 GHz networks 110

7-5equalization 110 5-8equalization method 110 5-14example of calculating OMX losses 110

8-7Extended Metro DWDM 110 7-5fiber non-linearities 110 5-6fixed value method 110 7-1

about 110 8-1CWDM and DWDM networks 110 8-7work flow 110 8-3

guidelines for link engineering a 1310 signal in ITU CWDM networks 110 8-27

information gathering 110 5-12intersite losses 110 5-14introduction 110 5-1jitter 110 5-3network modeling 110 5-11OMX fibering and fixed value link

engineering 110 8-7optical fiber type 110 5-14optical link budget 110 5-7optical power loss 110 5-1optical seams 110 5-4, 110 5-10

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-36 Master index

link engineering (continued)OSC 110 5-7OSNR 110 5-3polarization mode dispersion 110 5-6regeneration 110 5-9rules for Optical Metro 5100/5200 networks

rule 1, network size limitations 110 7-11rule 2, OCLD power level 110 7-11rule 3, DWDM OMX pass-through

losses 110 7-12rule 4, amplifier band restrictions 110

7-13rule 5, amplifier receive power 110 7-13rule 6, cascaded amplifiers 110 7-14rule 7, amplified spans 110 7-14rule 8, OSNR 110 7-15rule 9, maximizing OSNR 110 7-22rule 10, coherent cross-talk 110 7-22rule 11, fiber non-linearities 110 7-7rule 11, optical seams 110 7-25rule 12, fiber non-linearities 110 7-26rule 13, jitter penalty 110 7-26rule 14, dispersion 110 7-29rule 15, dispersion limit 110 7-35rule 16, OSC link engineering 110 7-36rule 17, Trunk Switches with OTR 10

Gbit/s Enhanced, Ultra, or Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC Circuit packs 110 7-41

rule 18, polarization mode dispersion 110 7-42

rule 19, combining penalties for 10G OTR 110 7-45

rule 20, combining penalties for OTR 10G Enhanced, Tunable, Ultra or Muxponder 10G 110 7-46

rule 21, combining penalties for OCLD 2.5G Flex, Universal, 2.5G OTRs and MOTR 2.5G 110 7-47

rule 22, combining penalties for OTR 4G FC 110 7-47

rule 23, interoperability of fixed and flex rate 2.5G OCLDs and OTRs 110 7-47

rule 24, interop OTR 10G Enhanced and Tunable with Ultra and MOTR 10G, Tunable with MOTR 10G ER 110 7-48


link engineering (continued)rules for Optical Metro 5100/5200 networks

(continued)rule 25, interoperability of 2.5G MOTR

and Universal 2.5G OCLDs and OTRs 110 7-48

rule 26, PTS in unamplified C-band or L-band point-to-point links 110 7-48

span margin 110 5-6, 110 5-14statistical method 110 7-1trunk switches 110 5-11

listsalarm

printing 310 1-41saving 310 1-40

event, printing 310 1-30, 310 1-41locking clips on equipment drawer

non-spring-loaded 201 9-56, 210 8-41, 210 8-48

spring-loaded 201 9-57, 210 8-42, 210 8-48

locking outactive path 310 3-199circuit pack 310 3-199Muxponder circuit pack 310 3-204

logging into a commissioned ETS Comms

module 220 4-15to an uncommissioned ETS Comms

module 220 4-6to the system 310 1-11

logging out of the ETS Comms module 220 4-19

login user list, viewing 310 2-13Login User List window 101 7-143login warning banner 110 11-51long band. See L-bandloopback

about 102 4-7, 310 3-216MOTR 10 G 102 8-97MOTR 10G OTN 102 8-97MOTR 2.5G 102 8-101supported types (per circuit pack) 102 4-7,

310 3-216test graduated 542 4-29TL1 interface commands 190 7-1

loss specifications 180 1-17

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-37

Mmaintaining a Photonic Trunk Switch 542

26-1maintenance panel

about 102 1-6alarm cut-off 102 1-10alarm indicators 102 1-10connecting

equipment inventory unit 201 7-87, 210 6-67

passive devices 201 7-60, 210 6-45connecting passive devices 201 7-59connectors 102 1-12COTEL card 102 1-11cover 102 1-7ESD grounding lug 102 1-7grounding lug 102 1-7OMX interface card 102 1-12Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-5power 102 1-7power cards 102 1-8telemetry card 102 1-11

maintenance scheduleair filter

5100 shelf 546 1-15200 shelf 546 1-1ETS shelf 546 1-1

managementexternal

configuring for a shelf 310 4-16removing an entry 310 4-19

IPSec 110 11-27management information base 310 4-16managing shelves 310 4-1mandatory regulations 180 5-3

Australia 180 5-9Brazil 180 5-8Canada 180 5-4Europe 180 5-7New Zealand 180 5-9Norway 180 5-8Sweden 180 5-8Switzerland 180 5-8United Kingdom 180 5-8United States of America 180 5-6

manual laser recovery, performing 310 1-124


manual switching, OCM circuit packs 310 3-212

menu bar, System Manager 101 7-2meshed-ring, with Ethernet hub 210 4-36,

201 4-84message

headers, TL1 interface 190 1-15notation, TL1 interface 190 1-9TL1 interface 190 1-13

message. See also error messagesmetropolitan optical networks, overview 110

1-1MIB file 310 4-16

compiling 310 4-16ordering 110 13-7

mid-mounting, holes on a shelf 201 4-14miniature VOA, ECT 201 4-151mode-conditioning plug 102 23-2

installing 221 3-342ordering 110 13-121specifications 180 1-43

modem, configuring external 220 7-6Modify User window 101 7-141MOTR alarms

Alarm Indication Signal 542 28-13Auto Protection Switch Acknowledge Time

Out 542 28-15Automatic Protection Byte Fail 542 28-18Automatic Switch to Protection Path

active 542 28-25Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 28-20Backplane Loss of Activity 542 28-27Backward Defect Indication 542 28-26Circuit Pack Failed 542 28-32Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 28-20Circuit Pack Missing 542 28-34Facility Loopback 542 28-37Far End Protection Line Fail 542 28-38Fiber Mismatch 542 28-39Forced Switch to (East) to (West) Path

Active 542 28-41GCC0/GCC1/GCC2 Overhead Link

Failure 542 28-284High Optical Power 542 28-42High Optical Power Warning 542 28-51Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 28-59

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-38 Master index

MOTR alarms (continued)Incomplete Provisioning 542 28-61Inter-card Communication Failure 542

28-63Invalid Provisioning 542 28-66Invalid Signal 542 28-68Line DCC Overhead Link Failure 542

28-119Loss of Frame 542 28-73Loss of Lock 542 28-76Loss of Signal 542 28-84Loss of Timing Reference 542 28-94Low Optical Power Warning 542 28-98Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path

active 542 28-108ODU Locked 542 28-326Optical Receiver Overload 542 28-109Optical System Identifier Mismatch 542

28-118OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542 28-330OPU/OTU Trace Identifier Mismatch 542

28-328OTU Backward Defect Indication 542

28-332OTU Loss of Frame 542 28-333OTU Loss of Multiframe 542 28-336Overhead Link Failure 542 28-119Path Lockout Active 542 28-121Performance Monitoring Timer Failed 542

28-122Pre-Fec Signal Fail 542 28-341Protection Channel Match Fail 542 28-125Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not

Available 542 28-127Protection Mate SFP Not Available 542

28-239Protection Mode Mismatch 542 28-129Protection Scheme Mismatch 542 28-131Prov Mismatch-Some circuit packs not

supported on equipped SP 542 28-132

Remote Automatic Laser Shutdown 542 28-133

Remote Defect Indication 542 28-135Section DCC Overhead Link Failure 542

28-119Signal Failure 542 28-137, 542 28-338


MOTR alarms (continued)TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 28-140TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 28-148TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 28-152TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 28-155Transceiver Degrade 542 28-157Unassigned Optical System Identifier 542

28-160Unknown Circuit Pack 542 28-163Wavelength Is Not Provisioned 542

28-165Working/Protection Fiber Mismatch 542

28-166Wrapper Alarm Indication Signal 542

28-168Wrapper Loss of Frame 542 28-169

MOTRSFP alarmsAlarm Indication Signal 542 28-229Autoprovisioning Mismatch -

Pluggable 542 28-179Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable 542

28-177Circuit Pack Mismatch - Pluggable 542

28-179Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable 542

28-181Client Service Mismatch 542 28-184CPE Discovery Protocol Fail 542 27-5Facility Loopback 542 28-187Far End Client Rx Signal Fail 542 28-188GFP Remote Failure Indication 542

28-189Incompatible Provisioning -

Pluggable 542 28-190Insufficient Link Capacity 542 28-192Inter-card Communication Failure -

Pluggable 542 28-194LAN Link Down 542 28-197Loss of Alignment 542 28-200Loss of Frame Delineation 542 28-204Loss of Lock 542 28-205Loss of Multiframe 542 13-136, 542

13-247, 542 28-231, 542 28-336Loss of Pointer 542 28-233Loss of Sequence 542 28-235Loss of Signal 542 28-211Loss of Synchronization 542 28-216

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-39

MOTRSFP alarms (continued)MOTRSFP Remote Line Low Optical

Power 542 27-27MOTRSFP Tx ODU Locked 542 28-256ODU Backward Defect Indication 542

28-322ODU Open Connection Indication 542

28-323OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542 28-320,

542 28-329OTU Backward Defect Indication 542

28-322, 542 28-332Payload Label Mismatch 542 28-237Remote Client Circuit Pack Failed -

Pluggable 542 27-6Remote Client Circuit Pack Mismatch -

Pluggable 542 27-8Remote Client Circuit Pack Missing -

Pluggable 542 27-10Remote Client Circuit Pack Unknown -

Pluggable 542 27-12Remote Client High Optical Power 542

27-14Remote Client Low Optical Power 542

27-17Remote Failure Indication 542 28-224Remote Invalid Configuration 542 27-33Remote Line Circuit Pack Mismatch -

Pluggable 542 27-20Remote Line Circuit Pack Unknown -

Pluggable 542 27-22Remote Line High Optical Power 542

27-24Remote loopback Active 542 27-30Remote loopback Fail 542 27-31Remote Power Fail 542 27-34Remote Power Supply 1 Missing 542

27-35Remote Power Supply 2 Missing 542

27-36Remote Receiver Fail 542 27-32Remote Subtended Client Link Down 542

27-37Signal Failure 542 28-226Summary Alarm Indication Signal 542

28-229Summary Loss of Multiframe 542 28-231


MOTRSFP alarms (continued)Summary Loss of Pointer 542 28-233Summary Loss of Sequence 542 28-235Summary Payload Label Mismatch 542

28-237Summary Remote Failure Indication 542

28-240Summary Unequipped 542 28-242TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 28-369Terminal Loopback 542 28-246Transceiver Degrade 542 28-247Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542 28-250Tx Loss of Frame 542 28-251Tx ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542

28-253Tx ODU Backward Defect Indication 542

28-255Tx ODU Open Connection Indication 542

28-257Tx OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542

28-253, 542 28-259Tx OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542

28-261Tx Remote Defect Indication 542 28-263Tx Signal Failure 542 28-264Unequipped 542 28-242Unknown Circuit Pack - Pluggable 542

28-267MOTRSFPLS alarms

Alarm Indication Signal 542 28-269Auto Protection Switch Acknowledge Time

Out 542 28-272Automatic Protection Byte Fail 542

28-270Autoprovisioning Mismatch -




28-277Facility Loopback 542 28-280Far End Protection Line Fail 542 28-281Fiber Mismatch 542 28-282High Optical Power Warning 542 28-51

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-40 Master index

MOTRSFPLS alarms (continued)Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 28-287Inter-card Communication Failure -

Pluggable 542 28-289Loss of Frame 542 28-201, 542 28-292Loss of Lock 542 28-295Loss of Signal 542 28-304Loss of Timing Reference 542 28-219, 542

28-315OTU Loss of Frame 542 28-292Protection Channel Match Fail 542 28-344Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not

Available 542 28-346Protection Mode Mismatch 542 28-348Protection Scheme Mismatch 542 28-349Remote Automatic Laser Shutdown 542

28-350Remote Defect Indication 542 28-352Signal Failure 542 28-354TCMi Alarm Indication Signal 542 28-357TCMi Backward Defect Indication 542

28-358TCMi Locked 542 28-360TCMi Open Connection Indication 542

28-361TCMi Trace Identifier Mismatch 542

28-362Transceiver Degrade 542 28-363Unknown Circuit Pack - Pluggable 542

28-366Working/Protection Fiber Mismatch 542

28-368mounting brackets

19/23 cross-section 201 4-15about 102 3-4EIA 102 3-5ETSI 102 3-7ETSI mounting brackets 102 3-7hardware 102 3-9installing 210 4-9Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 3-4Optical Metro 5200 shelf 102 3-4orientation 201 4-16, 210 4-11


mounting optionsfront-mounting 201 4-30front-mounting in a 19-inch rack with

vertical fiber brackets 201 4-34mid-mounting 201 4-37

Mozilla Firefox (Windows 2000/Vista/XP) or Mozilla (Solaris)

configuring 220 1-37Mozilla path settings (Solaris), setting 220

1-41MPO connector, cleaning 201 10-13, 210

9-14MT-RJ connector, cleaning 201 10-11, 210

9-12Muxponder 10 Gbit/s circuit pack

1+1 line-side APS protection 102 8-78clock synchronization 110 4-46connect to OMX 221 3-139GFP 102 8-23ordering 110 13-59path mappings 102 8-31protection

transponder protection tray 101 4-21SFP module 102 8-17summary path alarms 102 8-75types 102 8-22

Muxponder 10 Gbit/s OTN 4xOC48/STM16 circuit pack

clock synchronization 110 4-49deleting Trail Trace Identifier values 310

3-275provisioning

client conditioning 310 3-271TCM channels 310 3-272FEC threshold 310 3-274Trail Trace Identifier values 310 3-275

viewing Trail Trace Identifier values 310 3-275

Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s circuit packclock synchronization 110 4-40path mappings 102 8-25protection switching 102 8-76types 102 8-11provisioning

hairpin 310 3-268EFM 310 3-266

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-41

Muxponder circuit pack 102 8-1adding traffic 310 3-166alarms, clearing 542 28-1clock synchronization 102 8-83connect to subtending equipment through

transponder protection tray 221 3-352creating two unprotected paths from one

protected path 310 3-194diverse route topology 110 3-87faceplates 102 8-93function and features 102 8-1Generic Framing Procedures 102 8-23Gigabit Ethernet features 102 8-40indicator lamps 102 8-97interoperable topology 110 3-66, 110 3-75latency specifications 180 2-187location 102 8-104locking out 310 3-204loopbacks 102 8-97ordering 110 13-52performance monitoring 102 8-51protection 110 2-11removing traffic 310 3-168signal flow 102 8-88specifications 180 2-134supported PMs 180 2-165supported protocols 180 2-148threshold values for PM 180 2-167

NNaming window 101 7-98NE Admin window 101 7-120

command and menu options 101 7-121NEBS shelf extension 102 1-15

about 102 1-14description 102 1-14equipping rules 110 12-45installation 201 4-27ordering 110 13-12, 180 1-8specifications 180 1-8

Netscape Communicatorconfiguring 220 1-35configuring Java plug-in (Solaris) 220

1-43setting environment variables

(Solaris) 220 1-39


networkinteroperability 110 4-1layout, description 110 5-12logging into 310 1-11size limitations 110 7-11

network and service layer topologiesMuxponder diverse route topologies 110

3-75Muxponder interoperable topologies 110

3-66network element identification, TL1

interface 190 1-8network management, about 110 2-22Network Modeling Tool, ordering 110

13-180network security

centralized security administration 110 11-37

challenge/response 110 11-45enhanced trunk switch 110 11-55failed login attempt threshold 110 11-52IPSec 110 11-11limited number of active login sessions of

the same user ID 110 11-52local user authentication 110 11-47login warning banner 110 11-51planning 110 11-1security alarms, events, notifications 110

11-53vendor specific attributes 110 11-43

network shelf selector icons, System Manager 101 7-2

network topologiesbasic 110 3-28bridged linear 110 3-30bridged linear and ring 110 3-33bridged ring 110 3-31combining compound 110 3-36compound 110 3-29deployment rules

bridged linear and ring systems 110 3-52

bridged linear systems 110 3-49bridged ring systems 110 3-51combined compound systems 110 3-54CWDM linear systems 110 3-41CWDM ring systems 110 3-47

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-42 Master index

network topologies (continued)deployment rules (continued)

DWDM linear systems 110 3-37DWDM ring systems 110 3-44general 110 3-37ITU CWDM linear systems 110 3-42ITU CWDM ring systems 110 3-48OMX-less linear systems 110 3-43

dual hub and spoke 110 3-31hub and spoke 110 3-30linear 110 3-28ring 110 3-29site configurations 110 3-155traffic pattern models 110 3-111

NT0H39AAfiber-optic patch cord 102 21-5

NT0H39ABfiber-optic patch cord 102 21-6

NT0H39ADfiber-optic patch cord 102 21-7

NT0H39AEfiber-optic patch cord 102 21-8

NT0H4319fiber-optic patch cord 102 21-9

































NT0H43JCfiber-optic patch cord 102 21-35

NTTC53AT-NTTC53AYfiber-optic patch cord 102 21-36

Null Pointer Exception 220 1-43

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-43

OOADM shelf

grounding a second OMX 201 4-146installing a second OMX 201 4-146

OCI alarmsAutomatic Switch to Protection Path

active 542 5-12Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 5-8Backplane Loss of Activity 542 5-13Circuit Pack Failed 542 5-17Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 5-8Circuit Pack Missing 542 5-19Facility Loopback 542 5-22Forced Switch to East Path Active 542

5-24Forced Switch to West Path Active 542

5-24High Optical Power 542 5-25High Optical Power Warning 542 5-29Inter-card Communication Failure 542

5-32Invalid Signal (backplane) 542 5-35Invalid Signal (SRM port) 542 5-41Loss of Clock 542 5-44Loss of Frame (optical receiver) 542 5-48Loss of Frame (Tx backplane) 542 5-52Loss of Frame (Tx optical port) 542 5-57Loss of Lock 542 5-60Loss of Signal 542 5-64Low Optical Power warning 542 5-68Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path

active 542 5-71Path Lockout Active 542 5-72Performance Monitoring Timer Failed 542

5-73Remote Failure Indication 542 5-100Signal Degrade 542 5-102Signal Failure 542 5-106SRM Loss of Pointer 542 5-76SRM Loss of Primary Clock Source

warning 542 5-78SRM Loss of Secondary Clock Source

warning 542 5-83SRM Path Alarm Indication Signal 542

5-88


OCI alarms (continued)SRM Port Alarm Indication Signal 542

5-92SRM Port Failure 542 5-96SRM Port Mapping Fault 542 5-98TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 5-109TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 5-112TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 5-116TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 5-118Terminal Loopback 542 5-22Transceiver Degrade 542 5-121Unequipped or OOS Remote SRM

Port 542 5-123Unknown Circuit Pack 542 5-125

OCI circuit packabout 102 5-1alarms, clearing 542 5-1compatibility 102 5-3compatibility with OCMs and OCLDs 102

5-3connect to subtending equipment 221

3-196, 221 3-228faceplates 102 5-49features 102 5-5function and features 102 5-1indicator lamps 102 5-54location 102 5-62, 102 8-104, 102 11-6locations 102 5-62loopbacks 102 5-55ordering 110 13-13removing traffic 310 3-153replacing 546 3-8signal flow 102 5-42specifications 180 2-2supported PMs 180 2-43supported protocols 180 2-14threshold values for PM 180 2-69types 102 5-2

OCI SRM circuit packalarms, clearing 542 5-1connecting to subtending equipment 221

3-202, 221 3-235latency specifications 180 2-187specifications 180 2-8supported protocols 180 2-14threshold values for PM 180 2-69

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-44 Master index

OCI SRM ESCON circuit pack, connecting to subtending equipment 221 3-211

OCI SRM GbE circuit pack, connecting to subtending equipment 221 3-222

OCI SRM GbE/FC alarmsAutomatic Switch to Protection Path

active 542 6-8Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 6-9Backplane Loss of Activity 542 6-14Circuit Pack Failed 542 6-18Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 6-9Circuit Pack Missing 542 6-20Client Service Mismatch 542 6-23Facility Loopback 542 6-26Far End Client Rx Signal Fail 542 6-27Forced Switch to East Path Active 542

6-28Forced Switch to West Path Active 542

6-28Insufficient Link Capacity 542 6-29Inter-card Communication Failure 542

6-30Invalid Signal (backplane) 542 6-33LAN Link Down 542 6-39Loss of Frame Delineation 542 6-43Loss of Pointer 542 6-46Loss of Signal 542 6-64Loss of Synchronization 542 6-48Loss of Timing Reference 542 6-51Manual Switch to (West) or (East) Path

active 542 6-55Path Alarm Indication Signal 542 6-6Path Lockout active 542 6-56Payload Label Mismatch 542 6-57Performance Monitoring Timer Failed 542

6-59Remote Failure Indication 542 6-62Terminal Loopback 542 6-68Unequipped 542 6-69Unknown Circuit Pack 542 6-72

OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit packalarms, clearing 542 6-1auto-negotiation and pause details,

provisioning 310 3-101BBC override for FC extended reach 110

4-25clock synchronization 110 4-40


OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack (continued)concatenation modes

about 110 4-5provisioning 110 4-7, 110 4-10

connecting to subtending equipment 221 3-222

diverse routing 110 4-22FC extended reach 110 4-22FC interoperability 110 4-26GFP conditioning, setting 310 3-92interoperability considerations 110 4-1path assignments

adding 310 3-57deleting 310 3-60

provisioning concatenation type and transport mode 310 3-74

round-trip delay measurement 310 3-99STS mapping 110 4-5subrate and extended reach details,

provisioning 310 3-107timing mode, changing 310 3-110

OCI SRM SONET/SDH circuit packclock references

changing settings 310 1-111manual switching 310 3-230provisioning 310 3-227, 310 3-279

connecting to subtending equipment 221 3-202, 221 3-235

OCI SRM SONET/SDH LTE circuit packclock references

provisioning 310 3-227clock synchronization 110 4-41path monitoring, setting 310 3-117signal degrade threshold, changing 310

3-114OCLD alarms

Alarm Indication Signal 542 8-5Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 8-7Backplane Loss of Activity 542 8-12Bit Disparity 542 8-18Circuit Pack Failed 542 8-23Circuit Pack Minor Mismatch 542 8-25Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 8-7Circuit Pack Missing 542 8-26Facility Loopback 542 8-29Fiber Mismatch 542 8-30, 542 8-32High Optical Power 542 8-33

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-45

OCLD alarms (continued)High Optical Power Warning 542 8-41Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 8-49Incomplete Provisioning 542 8-52Inter-card Communication Failure 542

8-54Invalid Provisioning 542 8-57Invalid Signal (backplane) 542 8-59Invalid Signal (optical receiver) 542 8-66Loss of Frame 542 8-77Loss of Overhead Synchronization 542

8-87Low Optical Power Warning 542 8-98Optical Receiver Overload 542 8-107Optical System Identifier Mismatch 542

8-115Overhead Link Failure 542 8-87Performance Monitoring Timer Failed 542

8-116Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not

Available 542 8-119Remote Automatic Laser Shutdown 542

8-146Remote Failure Indication 542 8-149Rx Loss of Signal 542 8-153Surrogate Alarm Indication Signal 542

8-120TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 8-121TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 8-129TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 8-138TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 8-142Terminal Loopback 542 8-29Transceiver Degrade 542 8-163Unassigned Optical System Identifier 542


OCLD circuit packabout 102 6-1adding traffic 310 3-155alarms, clearing 542 8-1connect to

backbone at OMX-less sites 221 3-295OMX 221 3-113patch panel at OMX-less sites 221

3-300


OCLD circuit pack (continued)creating two unprotected paths from one

protected path 310 3-182faceplate 102 6-5features 102 6-4filler card, connecting pigtails to 221

3-159functions and features 102 6-1indicator lamps 102 6-7location 102 6-9loopbacks 102 6-7ordering 110 13-14power level 110 7-11removing traffic 310 3-157replacing 546 3-14replacing a 2.5 Gbit/s OCLD with an OCLD

2.5 Gbit/s Flex 546 3-22replacing a Flex OCLD with a Universal

OCLD and vice versa 546 3-31signal flow 102 6-4specifications 180 2-73supported PMs 180 2-43testing indicator lamps 542 4-8threshold values for PM 180 2-78types 102 6-3

OCLD filler cardsabout 102 14-1, 201 8-19, 210 7-21connect to OMX 221 3-152connectors on faceplate 102 14-1, 110

12-8, 210 7-21OCM alarms

Backplane Loss of Activity 542 7-4Circuit Pack Failed 542 7-7Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 7-8Circuit Pack Missing 542 7-11Forced Switch to OCM (9) or (10)

Active 542 7-13Inter-card Communication Failure 542

7-14OCM Pair Mismatch 542 7-18Protection Not Available 542 7-19Unknown Circuit Pack 542 7-20

OCM circuit packabout 102 9-1, 110 2-8alarms, clearing 542 7-1faceplates 102 9-3force switch, removing 310 3-214

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-46 Master index

OCM circuit pack (continued)forced switching 310 3-207function and features 102 9-1indicator lamps 102 9-3location 102 9-3loopback, removing or disabling 310

3-225loopbacks 102 9-3manual switching 310 3-212ordering 110 13-8replacing 546 3-72signal flow 102 9-2upgrading to OC48 310 3-232

OFAabout 110 2-14label kit for HIP 201 1-19, 210 1-19shelf assembly, choosing 110 12-34

OFA alarmsAutoprovisioning Mismatch 542 11-6Band Alarm Indication Signal 542 11-12Circuit Pack Failed 542 11-14Circuit Pack Failed warning 542 11-17Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 11-6Circuit Pack Missing 542 11-20Facility Out of Service - Optical Signal

Failure 542 11-23High Optical Power 542 11-26High Optical Power Warning 542 11-32Incomplete Provisioning 542 11-38Inter-card Communication Failure 542

11-42Invalid Provisioning 542 11-46Loss of Signal 542 11-48Low Optical Power Warning 542 11-55Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or (Tx) 542

11-62Performance Monitoring Timer Failed 542

11-68Power Out of Range High 542 11-70Power Out of Range Low 542 11-74TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 11-78TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 11-85TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 11-92TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 11-96Temperature Out of Range 542 11-100Unknown Circuit Pack 542 11-104


OFA circuit packabout 102 12-1alarms, clearing 542 11-1attenuator

installing at input 221 3-335installing at output 221 3-337

connecting to optical components 221 3-72

faceplates 102 12-5filler cards 201 8-20function and features 102 12-1indicator lamps 102 12-7interaction 102 12-4location 102 12-8loopbacks 102 12-7ordering 110 13-106performance monitoring 102 12-4provisioning direction and location 310

3-138replacing 546 3-81replacing an OFA with a High Input Power

OFA 546 3-87signal flow 102 12-4specifications 180 2-168threshold values for PM 180 2-171types 102 12-2

OFA circuit pack, features 102 12-2OFA filler cards

about 102 14-2, 201 8-20connecting to optical components 221

3-79connectors on faceplate 102 14-2, 201

8-20OFA high input power (HIP) circuit pack,

features 102 12-2OFA shelf

filler cards 102 14-2, 201 8-20installing a second ECT 201 4-141installing ECT 201 4-151

OFA VGA circuit packdual optical layer topologies 110 3-130features 102 12-3provisioning target power (using

SLEC) 222 2-134

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-47

OME1110 102 28-1about 102 28-1alarms, clearing 542 27-1commissioning 220 6-1, 220 6-2connecting optical patch cords 201 5-14connecting power cables 201 5-12displaying OME1110 equipment

information 310 3-270hair-pinning 101 6-33installing 201 5-1, 201 5-5installing SFP 201 5-9ordering 110 13-80power cables and optical fiber,

replacing 546 4-15replacing 546 4-1replacing an SFP 546 4-5restarting a remote OME1110 310 3-279specifications 180 2-178troubleshooting 542 27-1

OMXconnect to

LC filler cards 221 3-152Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC circuit

pack 221 3-139OCLD circuit packs 221 3-113OCLD filler cards 221 3-152optical components 221 3-28OTR circuit pack 221 3-127

connecting multiple 221 3-8connecting pigtails to filler cards 221

3-159cross-connecting in a drawer 221 3-22CWDM, about 102 15-16equipping rules for DWDM 110 12-34guidelines for determining the east-most

and west-most OMXs in a series 221 2-159

ITU CWDM, about 102 15-22layout of crossover connections for OMX

(Standard) 221 3-26ordering 110 13-93pass-through losses 110 7-12pigtails connected to filler cards 201 8-19provisioning manually 310 3-118, 310

3-122testing optical continuity 222 1-23, 222

1-37


OMX (Standard)about 102 15-7accessing connectors 221 1-3connectors 102 15-15equipping rules 110 12-35installing 201 4-104location 102 15-16locking tabs 201 4-108routing fibers 201 9-41signal flow 102 15-11tray

flexible fiber guide 201 4-110, 201 9-44replacing 546 2-23

OMX 16CH DWDMabout 102 15-8accessing connectors 221 1-34equipping rules 110 12-35installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56installing an LC-LC attenuator at channel

port 221 3-331replacing 546 2-53routing fibers 201 9-58, 210 8-63site configurations 110 3-159

OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHzabout 102 15-10equipping rules 110 12-35installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56replacing 546 2-53routing fibers 201 9-58, 210 8-63signal flow 102 15-11

OMX 1CH CWDMabout 102 15-16connectors 102 15-21installing 201 4-113, 210 4-76location 102 15-21routing fibers 201 9-47, 210 8-32signal flow 102 15-18

OMX 1CH CWDM drawer, replacing 546 2-65

OMX 1CH CWDM tray, replacing 546 2-58OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM

about 102 15-22accessing connectors 221 1-21installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56, 210 4-81routing fibers 201 9-104, 210 8-43signal flow 102 15-24

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-48 Master index

OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM drawer, replacing 546 2-92

OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM tray, replacing 546 2-85

OMX 4CHequipping rules, Enhanced 110 12-35equipping rules, with Fiber Manager 110

12-35OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager

about 102 15-7accessing connectors 221 1-8installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56location 102 15-16replacing 546 2-32routing fibers 201 9-52, 210 8-37signal flow 102 15-11

OMX 4CH CWDMabout 102 15-17connectors 102 15-21installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56location 102 15-21routing fibers 201 9-89, 210 8-49signal flow 102 15-19

OMX 4CH CWDM drawer, replacing 546 2-71

OMX 4CH CWDM with dual tapsabout 102 15-17installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56routing fibers 201 9-89, 210 8-49signal flow 102 15-20

OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHzabout 102 15-8equipping rules 110 12-35installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56replacing 546 2-46routing fibers 201 9-52, 210 8-37signal flow 102 15-11

OMX 4CH Enhancedabout 102 15-8installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56replacing 546 2-39routing fibers 201 9-52, 210 8-37signal flow 102 15-11


OMX 4CH ITU CWDMabout 102 15-23accessing connectors 221 1-25connectors 102 15-26installing 210 4-56replacing 546 2-78routing fibers 201 9-98, 210 8-57signal flow 102 15-24

OMX 4CH OADM ITU CWDMabout 102 15-23accessing connectors 221 1-25installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56routing fibers 201 9-104, 210 8-43signal flow 102 15-25

OMX 4CH OADM ITU CWDM drawer, replacing 546 2-97

OMX 8CH ITU CWDMabout 102 15-23connectors 102 15-26installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56replacing 546 2-78routing fibers 201 9-98, 210 8-57signal flow 102 15-26

OMX alarmsAutoprovisioning Mismatch 542 9-3Band Alarm Indication Signal 542 9-6Band Input Failure 542 9-8Optical Signal Failure (Tx) or (Rx) 542

9-10Optical Tray Mismatch 542 9-3Optical Tray Missing 542 9-15Unassigned Optical System Identifier 542


OMX fiberingabout 110 3-118multishelf 110 3-120OMX 16CH 110 3-121OMX-less sites 110 3-122single shelf 110 3-120stacked 110 3-119standard 110 3-118

OMX interface card, about 102 1-12

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-49

OMX moduleattenuator

installing at drop port of CWDM or DWDM OMX 221 3-321

installing at OTS IN port of ITU CWDM OMX 221 3-328

connectors 102 15-15CWDM OMX

signal flow 102 15-18CWDM, types 102 15-16DWDM OMX

about 102 15-6connectors 102 15-15features 102 15-7indicator lamps 102 15-14location 102 15-16signal flow 102 15-11types 102 15-6

ITU CWDM types 102 15-22ITU CWDM OMX

connectors 102 15-26indicator lamps 102 15-26location 102 15-26signal flow 102 15-24

removing cover 201 4-110removing the cover 201 9-44replacing cover 201 9-45specifications 180 1-17types 102 15-1

OMX trayflexible fiber guide 201 4-111removing cover 546 2-29, 546 2-31replacing cover 546 2-31

operational error messagesadministrative 542 3-21commissioning 542 3-23loopback 542 3-25OCI circuit pack 542 3-22OCLD circuit pack 542 3-22OCM circuit pack 542 3-22OMX 542 3-22password 542 3-25provisioning 542 3-25

operational measurement (OM) 101 3-49commands, TL1 interface 190 9-1making a query 310 7-38resetting counts to zero 310 7-42


OPR-ACO-ALL, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-57

OPR-ACO-COM, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-10

OPR-EXT-CONT, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-2

OPR-LPBK-GFSRM, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-3

OPR-LPBK-MOTR, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-4

OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-4

OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-5

OPR-LPBK-OCI, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-6

OPR-LPBK-OCLD, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-7

OPR-LPBK-OSC, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-8

OPR-LPBK-OTR, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-9

OPR-LPBK-OTRSFP, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-10

OPR-LPBK-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-11

OPR-LPBK-OTRXFP, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-11

OPR-LPBK-SRM, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-12

OPR-LPBK-WSC, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-13

OPR-PROTNSW-EQPT, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-2

OPR-PROTNSW-MOTR, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-3

OPR-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-4

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH, TL1 protection switching commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-17

OPR-PROTNSW-OCLD, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-5

OPR-PROTNSW-OTR, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-6

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-50 Master index

OPR-SYNCNSW-SRM, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-7

optical channeldefinition 110 1-4, 110 3-2mapping to bridged hub and spoke

topologies 110 3-57mapping to bridged ring topologies 110

3-58mapping to hub and spoke topologies 110

3-56mapping to linear topologies 110 3-55mapping to ring topologies 110 3-56mapping to topologies 110 3-54protection 110 1-5, 110 3-9, 110 3-103service layer 110 3-2traffic patterns 110 1-7

Optical Channel Manager. See OCM circuit pack

optical continuity test 542 4-8Optical Fiber Amplifier. See OFAoptical fibers

handling 201 1-34, 210 1-34repairing 201 1-35, 210 1-35splicing precautions 201 1-35, 210 1-35

optical layerabout 110 3-28building 110 3-144definition 110 1-2functional blocks 110 3-114mapping client interfaces 110 1-12mapping services onto 110 1-7topologies, dual OFA VGA 110 3-130WDM 110 3-116

optical link budget 110 5-7Optical Metro 5100/5200

client side circuit packs 110 2-2general description 110 1-4optical channels 110 1-4service layer 110 1-4shelf 110 2-17site 110 2-2

optical multiplexer. See OMXOptical Multiservice Edge 1110. See

OME1110optical patch cords, connecting to

OME1110 201 5-14


optical power, re-equalizing 222 2-128, 222 2-138

optical seams 110 5-4, 110 7-25optical signal

testing continuity through OMXs 222 1-23testing continuity through OMXs at an

OADM site that uses single-shelf wiring 222 1-37

testing system 222 1-50testing through a WDM OMX 222 1-10

optical signal-to-noise ratio. See OSNRoptical supervisory channel. See OSCoptical system identifier. See OSIDoptical trays in a drawer, installing 201

4-160, 210 4-81optical trunk switch

about 102 25-1, 110 3-140alarms 542 3-18alarms, clearing 542 24-1automatic operation mode 310 6-14autonomous messages 542 3-18back panel 102 25-6commands 310 6-2configuring telemetry alarms 310 6-19connect to optical components 221 3-109connecting alarms 201 7-22, 210 6-37connecting power 210 5-42connecting power leads 201 6-41, 201

6-44default IP values 310 6-1equipping rules 110 12-39events 542 3-18front panel 102 25-4indicator lamps 102 25-5installing 201 4-88, 210 4-39interconnecting through the backbone 221

3-278interconnecting through the backbone

(patch panel) 221 3-289location 102 25-7manual operation mode 310 6-17menu commands 310 6-3networking configuration 310 6-1operating 310 6-14operation modes 102 25-3operational considerations 102 25-7

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-51

optical trunk switch (continued)provisioning 310 6-12replacing 546 2-162routing fibers 201 9-110, 210 8-100setting up communications 310 6-7specifications 180 1-36switching time 180 4-5TL1 commands 310 6-2

ordering 110 13-11310 nm splitter/coupler tray 110 13-117air baffle 110 13-12APBE circuit packs 110 13-106attenuators 110 13-121C&L splitter/coupler 110 13-117challenge/response application 110

13-180data communications cables 110 13-179discrete VOA 110 13-107documentation 110 13-181DSCM 110 13-110equipment inventory unit 110 13-114Ethernet cables 110 13-125Ethernet hub 110 13-114ETS 110 13-114fiber manager 110 13-112filler cards 110 13-92frame filler panels 110 13-179frames 110 13-179licenses 110 13-5mode-conditioning plugs 110 13-121Muxponder circuit packs 110 13-52NEBS shelf extension 110 13-12, 180 1-8Network Modeling Tool 110 13-180OCI circuit packs 110 13-13OCLD circuit packs 110 13-14OCM circuit packs 110 13-8OFA circuit packs 110 13-106OME1110 110 13-80OMX 110 13-93Optical Metro 5100 shelf assembly kit 110

13-10Optical Metro 5200 shelf assembly kit 110

13-9optical patch cords 110 13-126OSC circuit pack 110 13-110OSC tray assembly 110 13-109


ordering (continued)OTR circuit packs 110 13-21patch panel 110 13-112PBE 110 13-107Photonic Trunk Switch 110 13-116power cables 110 13-124rectifiers 110 13-118SFP modules 110 13-81software delivery kits 110 13-4software upgrade kits 110 13-5SP circuit packs 110 13-8transponder protection tray 110 13-108XFP modules 110 13-92

OSCabout 110 3-137equipping rules 110 12-38installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56link engineering 110 7-36routing fibers 201 9-67, 210 8-69testing installation 222 1-64

OSC alarmsCircuit Pack Failed 542 16-6Circuit Pack Missing 542 16-7Duplicate Optical System Identifier 542

16-9East or West Overhead Link Failure 542

16-13East or West Remote Overhead Link

Failure 542 16-13East/West Fiber Mismatch 542 16-11Facility Loopback 542 16-17Fault Sectionalization Unresolved 542

16-18Incomplete Provisioning 542 16-20Inter-card Communication Failure 542

16-22Intrasite Communication Failure 542

16-24Invalid Data 542 16-26Invalid Provisioning 542 16-28Invalid Signal 542 16-30Loss of Frame 542 16-34Loss of Link 542 16-38Loss of Signal 542 16-40Optical System Identifier Mismatch 542

16-48

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-52 Master index

OSC alarms (continued)Remote Fault Sectionalization Not

Responding 542 16-54Remote Invalid Signal 542 16-30Remote Loss of Frame 542 16-34Remote Loss of Signal 542 16-40Shelf Input Failure 542 16-57Site Input Failure 542 16-60Unequipped Remote Port 542 16-62Unknown Circuit Pack 542 14-45, 542

16-63Wayside Alarm Indication Signal 542

16-65OSC circuit pack

about 102 10-1, 110 2-22alarms, clearing 542 16-1connecting to OSC tray 221 3-97faceplates 102 10-3function and features 102 10-1indicator lamps 102 10-3location 102 10-4loopbacks 102 10-4ordering 110 13-110putting WSC facility in-service 310 3-80replacing 546 3-76signal flow 102 10-2specifications 180 2-176types 102 10-2

OSC drawer, replacing 546 2-113OSC SC alarms

Optical Signal Failure (Rx) or (Tx) 542 16-44

Optical Tray Mismatch 542 16-49Optical Tray Missing 542 16-52

OSC splitter/coupler, provisioning manually 310 3-127

OSC splitter/coupler tray with dual taps, installing 210 4-81

OSC splitter/coupler tray, installing 210 4-81OSC tray

about 102 16-1, 110 2-21accessing connectors 221 1-39attenuator, installing at add port 221 3-339connect for monitoring site 221 3-90connect to optical components 221 3-93connecting to OSC circuit pack 221 3-97connectors 102 16-7


OSC tray (continued)features 102 16-2function 102 16-1indicator lamps 102 16-8location 102 16-8ordering 110 13-109replacing 546 2-104signal flow 102 16-6specifications 180 1-28types 102 16-1

OSC with dual tapsinstalling 201 4-113, 210 4-56routing fibers 201 9-71, 210 8-72

OSIDabout 101 6-1provisioning 310 3-142rules for provisioning 101 6-2

OSNRdefinition 110 5-3link engineering rule 110 7-15

OTR 10 Gbit/s circuit packabout 102 7-8Enhanced 102 7-11features 102 7-9types 102 7-8Ultra 102 7-12

encapsulation types 102 7-18flow control 102 7-20

OTR 2.5 Gbit/s circuit packabout 102 7-1features 102 7-5, 102 7-7types 102 7-4, 102 7-6, 102 7-7

OTR alarmsAlarm Indication Signal 542 13-10Automatic Switch to Protection Path

active 542 13-17Autoprovisioning Mismatch 542 13-12Backward Defect Indication 542 13-18Bit Error Rate (BER) Degrade 542 13-19Circuit Pack Failed 542 13-26Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 13-12Circuit Pack Missing 542 13-30Facility Loopback 542 13-35Far End Circuit Pack Mismatch 542 13-33Fiber Mismatch 542 13-36Forced Switch to West Path Active 542

13-38

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-53

OTR alarms (continued)GCC0/1/2 Overhead Link Failure 542

13-138High Bit Error Rate 542 13-39High Optical Power 542 13-43High Optical Power Warning 542 13-53Incompatible Optical System

Identifier 542 13-63Incomplete Provisioning 542 13-65Inter-card Communication Failure 542

13-67Invalid Provisioning 542 13-70Invalid Signal (optical receiver) 542 13-72Line/MS DCC Overhead Link Failure 542

13-138Local Fault 542 13-76Loss of Frame 542 13-78Loss of Lock 542 13-90Loss of Overhead Synchronization 542

13-138Loss of Signal 542 13-102Low Optical Power Warning 542 13-116Manual Switch to (West) or (East) path

active 542 13-126ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-10ODU Backward Defect Indication 542

13-18Optical Receiver Overload 542 13-127Optical System Identifier Mismatch 542

13-135OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-10OTR Tx High Optical Power 542 13-195,

542 28-403OTR Tx High Optical Power Warning 542

13-195, 542 28-403OTR Tx Low Optical Power 542 13-199OTR Tx Low Optical Power Warning 542

13-199OTRXFP Rx Loss of Synchronization 542

13-157OTU Backward Defect Indication 542

13-18OTU Loss of Frame 542 13-78OTU Loss of Multiframe 542 13-136Overhead Link Failure 542 13-138Path Lockout Active 542 13-144


OTR alarms (continued)Performance Monitoring Timer Failed 542

13-145Protection Mate Circuit Pack Not

Available 542 13-148Remote Automatic Laser Shutdown 542

13-149Remote Failure Indication 542 13-151Remote Fault 542 13-155Rx Loss of Synchronization 542 13-157Section/RS DCC Overhead Link

Failure 542 13-138Surrogate Alarm Indication Signal 542

13-162TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 13-163TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 13-172,

542 28-379TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 13-178,

542 28-385TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 13-181,

542 28-389Transceiver Degrade 542 13-185Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-187Tx High Bit Error Rate 542 13-188Tx Local Fault 542 13-76Tx Loss of Frame 542 13-192Tx Loss of Synchronization 542 13-203Tx Remote Failure Indication 542 13-208Tx Remote Fault 542 13-155Unassigned Optical System Identifier 542

13-210Unknown Circuit Pack 542 13-213Wavelength Is Not Provisioned 542

13-219OTR circuit pack

about 102 7-1adding traffic 310 3-160alarms, clearing 542 13-1connect to

backbone at OMX-less sites 221 3-295OMX 221 3-127patch panel at OMX-less sites 221

3-300subtending equipment 221 3-162subtending equipment through

transponder protection tray 221 3-169

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-54 Master index

OTR circuit pack (continued)creating two unprotected paths from one

protected path 310 3-187faceplates 102 7-25function and features 102 7-1indicator lamps 102 7-30link engineering 110 7-45location 102 7-47loopbacks 102 7-30ordering 110 13-21pass-through connections on 10G 221

3-179pass-through connections on 10G

Enhanced 221 3-187protection 110 2-11

transponder protection tray 101 4-21removing traffic 310 3-163replacing 546 3-41replacing a Flex OTR with a Universal OTR

and vice versa 546 3-31signal flow 102 7-22specifications 180 2-84supported PMs 180 2-126supported protocols 180 2-99threshold values for PM 180 2-131

OTRSFPLS alarmsAutomatic Laser Shutdown 542 13-297,

542 28-16Autoprovisioning Mismatch -




13-303Inter-card Communication Failure -

Pluggable 542 13-305Unknown Circuit Pack - Pluggable 542

13-308OTRXFP alarms

Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-220Client Service Mismatch 542 13-228GFP Remote Failure Indication 542

13-231High Bit Error Rate 542 13-39


OTRXFP alarms (continued)Local Fault 542 13-239Loss of Frame 542 13-241Loss of Frame Delineation 542 13-251Loss of Lock 542 13-252Loss of Synchronization 542 13-264ODU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-220ODU Backward Defect Indication 542

13-272OPU Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-220OPU Payload Type Mismatch 542 13-273OTU Backward Defect Indication 542

13-272OTU Loss of Frame 542 13-241OTU Loss of Multiframe 542 13-247Remote Failure Indication 542 13-275Remote Fault 542 13-277TCA - Optical Power Rx High 542 13-279TCA - Optical Power Rx Low 542 13-284TCA - Optical Power Tx High 542 13-291TCA - Optical Power Tx Low 542 13-294Tx Alarm Indication Signal 542 13-187Tx High Bit Error Rate 542 13-188Tx Loss of Frame 542 13-192Tx Loss of Synchronization 542 13-203Tx Remote Failure Indication 542 13-208

OTRXFP/OTRSFP alarmsAutoprovisioning

Mismatch-Pluggable 542 13-221Circuit Pack Failed - pluggable 542 13-26Circuit Pack Mismatch - Pluggable 542

13-221, 542 13-223Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable 542

13-225High Optical Power 542 13-232, 542

28-393Inter-card Communication Failure -

Pluggable 542 13-236Loss of Frame 542 13-241Loss of Signal 542 13-257Low Optical Power 542 13-268, 542

28-397, 542 28-407Low Optical Power Warning 542 28-397,

542 28-407Unknown Circuit Pack - Pluggable 542

13-216

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-55

OTS alarmsOpt Trunk Sw operating on Standby

link 542 24-4Opt Trunk Sw Power AB fail 542 24-8Opt Trunk Sw Primary link failure 542

24-6Opt Trunk Sw Standby link fail 542 24-9

OTS. See optical trunk switchout-of-service, circuit packs 310 3-63

Pparallel site configuration and link

budgets 110 3-156, 110 9-9parallel telemetry

interface specifications 180 1-14related commands in TL1 190 12-1

Parallel Telemetry Input window 101 7-83Parallel Telemetry Output window 101 7-84parking bracket 201 4-145passive devices

connecting to the equipment inventory unit 201 7-75, 210 6-58

connecting to the maintenance panel 201 7-60, 210 6-45

to EIU, connecting 201 7-83, 210 6-63to maintenance panel, connecting 201 7-59

passive slot numberingdisabling 310 1-126enabling 310 1-126

pass-through, channel assignments 310 3-35password

changing from the System Manager 310 2-14

ETS Comms module 220 4-8rules 190 1-6, 310 2-1

patch cordsconnecting to OME1110 201 5-14OCI SRM (MT-RJ to SC), routing through

patch panel 221 3-202, 221 3-235OCI SRM ESCON (MPO to SC), routing

through patch panel 221 3-211OCI SRM SONET/SDH (MT-RJ to SC),

routing through patch panel 221 3-202, 221 3-235

optical fiber 102 21-2ordering 110 13-126


patch panelabout 102 23-1accessing connectors 221 1-67applications 102 23-1connect

OCI SRM ESCON to subtending equipment 221 3-211

OCI SRM to subtending equipment 221 3-202, 221 3-235

equipping rules 110 12-41installing 201 4-113location 102 23-7, 102 23-8mounting 102 23-7mounting options 102 23-9ordering 110 13-112product engineering code 102 23-10replacing 546 2-124requirements 110 12-41routing fiber 201 9-80, 210 8-76specifications 102 23-7, 180 1-44

patch panel 16 port (NT0H43CA), installing 210 4-56

patch panel 20 port (NT0H43CB), installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56

pathcreating two unprotected from one protected

MOTR path 310 3-194creating two unprotected paths from one

protected OCLD path 310 3-182creating two unprotected paths from one

protected OTR path 310 3-187path assignments

adding 310 3-57deleting 310 3-60

path protectionadding protection to an unprotected

path 310 3-171manual switching on OCM circuit

packs 310 3-212Path Summary window 101 7-96PBE

about 102 19-1accessing connectors 221 1-59alarms, clearing 542 10-1C-band 100 GHz 102 19-2

installing 201 4-113routing fibers 201 9-114

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-56 Master index

PBE (continued)C-band only, L-band only, C-band and

L-band 102 19-1connect to OFA 221 3-60connectors 102 19-6data communication to the shelf 102 19-3equipping rules 110 12-38features 102 19-2function 102 19-1installing 201 4-113location 102 19-6ordering 110 13-107provisioning manually 310 3-120putting in-service 310 3-120replacing 546 2-154routing fibers 201 9-114signal flow 102 19-5specifications 180 1-34types

C-band 100 GHz 102 19-1C-band and L-band 102 19-1C-band only 102 19-1L-band only 102 19-1

PC communications parameters for connection with 2U AC rectifier 201 7-18

Per Band Equalizer. See PBEper-band average channel power, about 222

2-10performance monitoring

about 101 3-1alarms

clearing 542 15-1facility 542 15-7

APBE threshold values 180 2-174commands, TL1 interface 190 10-1correlating FEC-CEs to Pre-FEC BER

(dBQ reference) 310 7-1equipment 101 3-65facility 101 3-26

PP collection 101 3-45PP reporting 101 3-45TCA reporting 101 3-49TCA thresholds 101 3-45

HCCS reference attribute 310 7-1Launch PM window 101 7-124Muxponder circuit pack 102 8-51


performance monitoring (continued)Muxponder threshold values 180 2-167OCI SRM threshold values 180 2-69OCI threshold values 180 2-69OCLD threshold values 180 2-78OFA threshold values 180 2-171operational measurements (OMs) 101

3-49optical power history 101 3-66OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102 7-42OTR threshold values 180 2-131performance parameters 101 3-2PM modes 101 3-2provisioning rules 101 3-2System Manager 101 1-4TCA (threshold crossing alert) 101 3-45user interfaces 101 3-70

performance monitoring (PM) proceduresadjusting facility PP threshold values 310

7-27disabling facility TCA reporting 310 7-25enabling facility TCA reporting 310 7-25enabling or disabling facility TCA

notification 310 7-23making an OM query 310 7-38making a PM query 310 7-13performing card-level operations 310 7-35performing global shelf operations 310

7-31performing shelf-level operations 310 7-31refreshing PM information 310 7-44resetting facility counts to zero 310 7-17resetting facility PP thresholds to default

values 310 7-29resetting OM counts to zero 310 7-42viewing facility history counts 310 7-16

Performance Monitoring window 101 7-124card level parameters 101 7-136equipment query result details 101 7-131facility query result details 101 7-134shelf level parameters 101 7-135

peripheral cables, installing 210 6-1, 201 7-1per-wavelength optical service channel

(PWOSC)about 101 6-3provisioning 310 3-115rules for disabling 101 6-4

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-57

Photonic Trunk Switchabout 102 27-1, 110 3-140commissioning 220 5-1equipping rules 110 12-39installing 201 4-102, 210 4-54OM5K link setup 220 5-3ordering 110 13-116provisioning and operation 310 9-1remote management using Ethernet 1X

port 110 10-56shelf components

replacing 546 2-192specifications 180 1-41switching time 180 4-5threshold setting recommendations 101

3-72physical connectivity 110 9-2pinouts

10Base-T 1X port 180 1-1110Base-T 2X port 180 1-112U AC rectifier connector 5 (alarm relay

outputs only) 201 7-17communications cables 201 7-33, 201

7-39, 210 6-19, 210 6-23Ethernet ports 180 1-11RS232 V24 2 (DCE) port 180 1-10telemetry connectors 180 1-15

planning an Optical Metro 5100/5200 networkallocating bands 110 9-4engineering for optimal link budgets 110

9-8establishing physical connectivity 110 9-2understanding traffic demands 110 9-1

pluggable moduleinstalling 201 8-11, 210 7-14OTR 10 Gbit/s Ultra 102 7-46OTR 4 Gbit/s FC 102 7-46

PM. See performance monitoringpoint-to-point, with Ethernet hub 201 4-84,

210 4-36polarization mode dispersion

about 110 5-6link engineering 110 7-42


power1U APRS rectifier 210 5-35, 210 5-383U APRS rectifier 201 6-13, 210 5-25connecting 201 6-1, 210 5-1connecting BIP 201 6-51, 201 6-55, 210

5-52connecting enhanced trunk switch 210

5-45connecting equipment inventory unit 210

5-62connecting equipment inventory unit

(EIU) 201 6-70connecting Ethernet hub 201 6-67, 210

5-58connecting external alarm to a 3U APRS

rectifier 210 6-11connecting external alarm to rectifier 201

7-10, 201 7-12connecting optical trunk switch 201 6-41,

201 6-44, 210 5-42connections 201 6-5testing connections 201 6-74, 210 5-66

power cable guide, rear accessBIP (NTK599DA) 201 6-66fuse panel (NTK599EA) 201 6-66

power cablesconnecting to OME1110 201 5-12ordering 110 13-124

power cardsAC in Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-4DC in Optical Metro 5100 shelf 102 2-4

power connectionstesting for Optical Metro 5100 shelf 210

5-66testing for Optical Metro 5200 shelf 201

6-74power consumption

5100 shelf 180 1-5, 180 6-75200 shelf 180 1-3, 180 6-1

power dissipation5100 shelf 180 1-55200 shelf 180 1-3

power leadsconnecting to Optical Metro 5100 AC

shelf 210 5-19connecting to Optical Metro 5100 DC

shelf 210 5-6

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-58 Master index

power requirements1U APRS rectifier 102 22-92U AC rectifier 102 22-153U APRS rectifier 102 22-25100 shelf 180 1-55200 shelf 180 1-3Ethernet hub 102 20-1

power sourcesground 201 4-45testing the connections 201 6-74, 210 5-66

powering upan Optical Metro 5100 shelf 220 2-9an Optical Metro 5200 shelf 220 2-6

pre-fibering 201 8-19, 210 7-21primary shelf, about 101 7-106, 220 3-19printing

about 310 1-30alarm lists 310 1-41event lists 310 1-30information from System Manager 310

1-51protected path, creating two unprotected paths

from one protected OCLD 310 3-182protection

1+1 APS 101 4-30automatic laser shutdown 101 6-22bridged hub and spoke 110 3-108bridged ring 110 3-108dual homing 101 4-34, 101 4-36, 110 1-6,

110 3-22dual homing for Muxponders 110 3-24dual homing on a linear OADM 110 3-107dual homing ring 110 3-106enhanced trunk switch 110 3-18enhanced trunk switching 110 3-140equipment 110 2-11, 110 3-9Muxponder 110 2-11, 110 3-14OCIs and OCLDs 110 3-9optical channel 110 1-5, 110 3-9, 110

3-103Optical Trunk Switch 110 3-18optical trunk switch 102 25-1optical trunk switching 110 3-140OTR 110 2-11path protection on a hub and spoke 110

3-105


protection (continued)path protection on a ring 110 3-104Photonic Trunk Switch 110 3-21, 110

3-140point-to-point on a ring 110 3-104point-to-point using an optical trunk

switch 110 3-103standard 110 1-5switch time required 180 4-5System Manager 101 1-4transponder protection tray 101 4-21, 102

24-1, 110 3-11trunk switch 101 4-12, 110 2-12

protection switchingabout 101 4-1automatic 101 4-7commands, TL1 interface 190 8-1Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s 102 8-76non-revertive 101 4-3OCM equipment 101 4-11optical path 101 4-1protection schemes 101 4-2revertive 101 4-5revertive protection switching,

disabling 310 3-236revertive protection switching,

enabling 310 3-236system-initiated 101 4-3time required 180 4-5user-initiated 101 4-3

protocolsESCON acceptance testing 330 1-1Fibre Channel acceptance testing 330 2-1Gigabit Ethernet acceptance testing 330

3-1, 330 5-1IPSec 110 11-15MPEG-2 330 5-1SONET/SDH acceptance testing 330 4-1

protocols supportedMuxponder circuit pack 180 2-148OCI circuit pack 180 2-14OCI SRM circuit pack 180 2-14OTR circuit pack 180 2-99

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-59

provisioning1310 nm splitter/coupler 310 3-125APBE direction, location, and OFA

type 310 3-140circuit packs

autoprovisioning 310 3-18manually 310 3-23

circuit packs, about 310 3-1connected direction at end-point nodes of

linear system 222 2-136discrete VOA 310 3-129ECT 310 3-120equipment inventory unit (EIU) 310 3-133fibering topology and configuration 310

3-146OCI SRM GbE/FC concatenation type and

transport mode 310 3-74OFA direction and location 310 3-138OMX 310 3-118, 310 3-122OSC splitter/coupler 310 3-127PBE 310 3-120system 310 3-1target power for APBE or APBE Enhanced

circuit pack (using SLEC) 222 2-132target power OFA VGA circuit pack (using

SLEC) 222 2-134transponder protection tray (TPT) 310

3-131PTS. See Photonic Trunk Switch

Qquad density fibering method, about 110

3-124quad-band CWDM OMX, accessing

connectors 221 1-16querying

connections 310 1-55inventory list 310 1-53facilities 310 1-54

Rrack. See equipment rackRADIUS server

attributes, setting 310 2-25shared secret, changing 310 2-28vendor specific attributes 110 11-43


receiver topologies 110 3-161rectifier 102 22-1, 102 22-15

1U, 2U, 3U 102 22-11U AC 102 22-131U APRS 102 22-73U APRS 102 22-2connecting ac power 201 6-13, 210 5-25,

210 5-35connecting dc power 201 6-17, 210 5-29,

210 5-38connecting external power alarm 201 7-10connecting telemetry alarms to a 1U APRS

rectifier 210 6-13connectors

1U APRS 102 22-103U APRS 102 22-3

equipping rules 110 12-431U AC 110 12-431U APRS 110 12-452U AC 110 12-443U APRS 110 12-44

indicator lamps, 1U APRS 102 22-10installing 201 4-80

1U APRS rectifier 210 4-313U APRS rectifier 201 4-61, 210 4-27

location1U APRS 102 22-132U AC rectifier 102 22-14, 102 22-173U APRS 102 22-4

ordering 110 13-118power requirements

1U APRS 102 22-92U AC rectifier 102 22-153U APRS 102 22-2

specifications1U AC 180 1-491U APRS 180 1-472U AC 180 1-513U APRS 180 1-44

re-equalizationan amplified system 222 2-67an amplified system using SLEC (adding

new bands) 222 2-114an amplified system using SLEC (adding

new channels) 222 2-105an amplified system using SLEC (adding

removing channels) 222 2-121

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-60 Master index

re-equalization (continued)an amplified system using SLEC (after an

optical component replacement or link budget change) 222 2-110

Extended Metro amplified system 222 2-86

regulatory labels 180 5-10reinitializing, ETS Comms module 220 4-14remote equipment (OME1110),

installing 201 5-1, 201 5-5remote fault notification

about 101 6-25disabling 310 1-125enabling 310 1-125feature considerations 101 6-26

removinga shelf surveillance and external

management entry 310 4-19sequence for removing OCLD and OCI

circuit packs 546 3-4sequence for removing OTR and

Muxponder circuit packs 546 3-5shelf cover 201 4-163, 210 4-92

removing trafficfrom a Muxponder circuit pack 310 3-168from an OCI circuit pack 310 3-153from an OCLD circuit pack 310 3-157from an OTR circuit pack 310 3-163

replacing1310 nm splitter/coupler drawer 546 2-2061310 nm splitter/coupler tray 546 2-1991U APRS rectifier 546 2-1933U APRS rectifier 546 2-196air filter

5100 shelf 546 2-115200 shelf 546 2-8ETS shelf 546 2-187

APBE circuit pack 546 3-94C&L splitter/coupler drawer 546 2-137C&L splitter/coupler tray 546 2-130circuit packs 546 3-1cooling unit

5100 shelf 546 2-195200 shelf 546 2-15

discrete VOA drawer 546 2-218DSCM tray 546 2-227ECT 546 2-143


replacing (continued)equipment inventory unit (EIU) 546 2-223ETS Comms module 546 2-175ETS fan module 546 2-184ETS shelf fuses 546 2-189ETS Switch module 546 2-168OCI circuit pack 546 3-8OCLD 2.5 Gbit/s with an OCLD 2.5 Gbit/s

Flex 546 3-22OCLD circuit pack 546 3-14OCLDs and OCI circuit packs to change

traffic rate to or from 2.5 Gbit/s 546 3-5

OCM circuit pack 546 3-72OFA circuit pack 546 3-81OFA with a High Input Power OFA 546

3-87OME1110 546 4-9OME1110 power cables and optical

fibers 546 4-15OMX (Standard) tray 546 2-23OMX 16CH DWDM 546 2-53OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz 546 2-53OMX 1CH CWDM drawer 546 2-65OMX 1CH CWDM tray 546 2-58OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM

drawer 546 2-92OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM tray 546

2-85OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager 546 2-32OMX 4CH CWDM drawer 546 2-71OMX 4CH DWDM 100 GHz 546 2-46OMX 4CH Enhanced 546 2-39OMX 4CH ITU CWDM 546 2-78OMX 4CH OADM ITU CWDM

drawer 546 2-97OMX 8CH ITU CWDM 546 2-78Optical Multiservice Edge 1110

(OME1110) equipment 546 4-1optical trunk switch 546 2-162OSC circuit pack 546 3-76OSC drawer 546 2-113OSC tray 546 2-104OTR circuit pack 546 3-41patch panel 546 2-124PBE 546 2-154PTS shelf components 546 2-192

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-61

replacing (continued)SFP in an OME1110 module 546 4-5SFP module 546 3-61shelf components 546 2-1SP circuit pack 546 3-100transponder protection tray 546 2-119VOA module in discrete VOA drawer 546

2-212XFP module 546 3-61

report, equalization 222 2-18REPT ALM APBE, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-5REPT ALM COM, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-7REPT ALM ENV, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-9REPT ALM EQPT, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-12REPT ALM GFSRM, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-14REPT ALM MOTR, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-16REPT ALM MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-19REPT ALM MOTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-21REPT ALM OCI, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-23REPT ALM OCLD, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-25REPT ALM OFA, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-27REPT ALM OHCHN, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-29REPT ALM OMX, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-31REPT ALM OSC, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-33REPT ALM OTR, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-35REPT ALM OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-37REPT ALM OTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-40REPT ALM OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous

messages 190 13-42


REPT ALM SECU, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-44

REPT ALM SPLT, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-45

REPT ALM SRM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-48

REPT ALM WSC, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-50

REPT COND APBE, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-52

REPT COND COM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-53

REPT COND EQPT, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-55

REPT COND GFSRM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-56

REPT COND MOTR, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-58

REPT COND MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-60

REPT COND MOTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-61

REPT COND OCI, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-63

REPT COND OCLD, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-64

REPT COND OFA, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-66

REPT COND OHCHN, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-67

REPT COND OMX, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-69

REPT COND OSC, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-70

REPT COND OTR, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-72

REPT COND OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-73

REPT COND OTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-75

REPT COND OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-76

REPT COND SPLT, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-78

REPT COND SRM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-79

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-62 Master index

REPT COND WSC, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-81

REPT DBCHG, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-82

REPT EVT APBE, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-84

REPT EVT COM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-87

REPT EVT EQPT, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-89

REPT EVT FXFR, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-91

REPT EVT GFSRM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-92

REPT EVT MOTR, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-95

REPT EVT MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-97

REPT EVT MOTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-100, 190 13-122

REPT EVT OCI, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-102

REPT EVT OCLD, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-105

REPT EVT OFA, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-108

REPT EVT OHCHN, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-110

REPT EVT OMX, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-113

REPT EVT OSC, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-115

REPT EVT OTR, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-117

REPT EVT OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-119

REPT EVT OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-124

REPT EVT SECU, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-127

REPT EVT SESSION, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-129

REPT EVT SPLT, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-129

REPT EVT SRM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-131


REPT EVT WSC, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-134

REPT PM EQPT, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-136

REPT PM GFSRM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-138

REPT PM MOTR, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-139

REPT PM MOTRSFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-140, 190 13-141

REPT PM OCI, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-143

REPT PM OCLD, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-144

REPT PM OFA, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-145

REPT PM OTR, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-146

REPT PM OTRSFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-148

REPT PM OTRSFPLS, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-149

REPT PM OTRXFP, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-150

REPT PM SRM, TL1 autonomous messages 190 13-151

REPTÂLM^, TL1 autonomous messages, ETS Comms module 190 17-67

REPTÂLM^SECU, TL1 autonomous messages, ETS Comms module 190 17-69

REPTÊVT^, TL1 autonomous messages, ETS Comms module 190 17-70

REPTÊVT^SESSION, TL1 autonomous messages, ETS Comms module 190 17-72

reseating circuit pack 310 3-257response format, TL1 interface 190 1-13restarting a shelf 310 4-10restore shelf, TL1 procedure 190 15-7Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive

(RoHS) 110 13-3revertive protection switching, enabling or

disabling 310 3-236ring configuration, allocation of bands 110

5-13ring topologies, about 110 3-29

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-63

RLS-EXT-CONT, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-4

RLS-LPBK-GFSRM, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-14

RLS-LPBK-MOTR, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-15

RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-16

RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-17

RLS-LPBK-OCI, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-18

RLS-LPBK-OCLD, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-18

RLS-LPBK-OSC, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-19

RLS-LPBK-OTR, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-20

RLS-LPBK-OTRSFP, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-21

RLS-LPBK-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-22

RLS-LPBK-OTRXFP, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-22

RLS-LPBK-SRM, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-23

RLS-LPBK-WSC, TL1 facility loopback commands 190 7-24

RLS-PROTNSW-EQPT, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-8

RLS-PROTNSW-MOTR, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-9

RLS-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-10

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH, TL1 protection switching commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-19

RLS-PROTNSW-OCLD, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-11

RLS-PROTNSW-OTR, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-11

RMV-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-50

RMV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190 4-13


RMV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-45

RMV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-9

RMV-GFSRM TL1 facility commands 190 5-51

RMV-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-51

RMV-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190 5-52

RMV-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility commands 190 5-53

RMV-OCH, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-10

RMV-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-53RMV-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190

5-54RMV-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-55RMV-OHCHN, TL1 facility commands 190

5-55RMV-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-56RMV-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190

5-57, 190 5-59RMV-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-58RMV-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-58RMV-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-59RMV-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190

5-60RMV-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190

5-61round-trip delay measurement 110 3-102,

310 3-99routing

fiber for optical circuit packs 201 9-27, 210 8-20

fiber in a drawer with tray assemblies 201 9-22, 210 8-15

fiber in the fiber manager 201 9-17, 210 8-10

fibers for a DSCM drawer 201 9-130, 210 8-94

fibers for the OMX 16CH DWDM 201 9-58

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-64 Master index

routing (continued)fibers for the OMX 16CH DWDM 100

GHz 201 9-58fibers for the OMX 1CH OADM ITU

CWDM 210 8-43fibers for the OMX 4CH OADM ITU

CWDM 210 8-43fibers from the 1310 nm

splitter/coupler 210 8-86fibers from the 1310 nm splitter/coupler

tray 201 9-118fibers from the C&L splitter/coupler 201

9-122fibers from the discrete VOA 201 9-126,

210 8-90fibers from the ECT 201 9-64fibers from the ETS 201 9-112, 210 8-102fibers from the OMX (Standard) 201 9-41fibers from the OMX 16CH DWDM 210

8-63fibers from the OMX 16CH DWDM 100

GHz 210 8-63fibers from the OMX 1CH CWDM 201

9-47, 210 8-32fibers from the OMX 1CH OADM ITU

CWDM 201 9-104fibers from the OMX 4CH + Fiber

Manager 201 9-52, 210 8-37fibers from the OMX 4CH CWDM 201

9-89, 210 8-49fibers from the OMX 4CH CWDM with

dual taps 201 9-89, 210 8-49fibers from the OMX 4CH DWDM 100

GHz 201 9-52, 210 8-37fibers from the OMX 4CH Enhanced 201

9-52, 210 8-37fibers from the OMX 4CH ITU

CWDM 201 9-98, 210 8-57fibers from the OMX 4CH OADM ITU

CWDM 201 9-104fibers from the OMX 8CH ITU

CWDM 201 9-98, 210 8-57fibers from the OSC 201 9-67, 210 8-69fibers from the OSC with dual taps 201

9-71, 210 8-72fibers from the OTS 201 9-110, 210 8-100


routing (continued)fibers from the patch panel 201 9-80, 210

8-76fibers from the PBE 201 9-114fibers from the PBE C-band 100 GHz 201

9-114fibers from the Transponder Protection

Tray 201 9-75telemetry cable 210 6-10

RST-APBE TL1 facility commands 190 5-61RST-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190

4-14RST-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS

Comms module 190 17-46RST-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS

Switch module 190 18-11RST-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190

5-62RST-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190

5-63RST-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-63RST-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-64RST-OCH, TL1 equipment commands, ETS

Switch module 190 18-11RST-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-65RST-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190

5-65RST-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-66RST-OHCHN, TL1 facility commands 190

5-67RST-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-67RST-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-68,

190 5-70RST-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-68RST-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility

commands 190 5-69RST-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190

5-70RST-PROV, TL1 security and administration

commands 190 2-32RST-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-70RST-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-71RTRV-ACO-COM, TL1 alarm and event

commands 190 11-10

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-65

RTRV-AGG, TL1 facility commands 190 5-72

RTRV-ALM, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-58

RTRV-ALM, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-23

RTRV-ALM-ALL, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-11

RTRV-ALM-APBE, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-30

RTRV-ALM-COM, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-33

RTRV-ALM-ENV, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-5

RTRV-ALM-EQPT, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-36

RTRV-ALM-GFSRM, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-39

RTRV-ALM-MOTR, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-42

RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFP, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-45

RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-49

RTRV-ALM-OCI, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-51

RTRV-ALM-OCLD, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-54

RTRV-ALM-OFA, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-57

RTRV-ALM-OHCHN, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-60

RTRV-ALM-OMX, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-63

RTRV-ALM-OSC, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-66

RTRV-ALM-OTR, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-69

RTRV-ALM-OTRSFP, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-72

RTRV-ALM-OTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-75

RTRV-ALM-OTRXFP, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-78

RTRV-ALM-SECU, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-81


RTRV-ALM-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-28

RTRV-ALM-SPLT, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-83

RTRV-ALM-SRM, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-86

RTRV-ALM-WSC, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-90

RTRV-APBE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-74

RTRV-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-60

RTRV-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-25

RTRV-ATTR-CONT, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-9

RTRV-ATTR-CSA, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-34

RTRV-ATTR-ENV, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-10

RTRV-ATTR-IFS, TL1 system commands 190 3-29

RTRV-ATTR-REMAUTH, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-36

RTRV-ATTR-SECULOG, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-30

RTRV-AUDIT-SECULOG, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-37

RTRV-BANNER, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-38

RTRV-CFG-CONT, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-12

RTRV-CFG-ENV, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-14

RTRV-CHALLENGE, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-39

RTRV-CID-ALL, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-46

RTRV-CLIENT, TL1 facility commands 190 5-76

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-66 Master index

RTRV-COND, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-62

RTRV-COND, TL1 alarm and event commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-27

RTRV-COND-ALL, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-92

RTRV-COND-APBE, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-96

RTRV-COND-COM, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-98

RTRV-COND-EQPT, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-101

RTRV-COND-GFSRM, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-104

RTRV-COND-MOTR, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-107

RTRV-COND-MOTRSFP, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-110

RTRV-COND-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-113

RTRV-COND-OCI, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-116

RTRV-COND-OCLD, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-119

RTRV-COND-OFA, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-122

RTRV-COND-OHCHN, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-125

RTRV-COND-OMX, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-127

RTRV-COND-OSC, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-130

RTRV-COND-OTR, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-133

RTRV-COND-OTRSFP, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-136

RTRV-COND-OTRSFPLS, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-139

RTRV-COND-OTRXFP, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-142

RTRV-COND-SPLT, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-145

RTRV-COND-SRM, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-148


RTRV-COND-WSC, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-151

RTRV-CP-LOG, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-154

RTRV-CRS-ALL, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-48

RTRV-CRS-PATH, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-57

RTRV-DFCT-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190 5-79

RTRV-DFLT-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-40

RTRV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands 190 4-14

RTRV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-51

RTRV-EQPT, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-12

RTRV-EXT-CONT, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-15

RTRV-GFSRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-80

RTRV-HDR, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-41

RTRV-HDR, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-32

RTRV-IKE-PLCY, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-42

RTRV-INV, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-50

RTRV-INVENTORY, TL1 equipment commands 190 4-27

RTRV-IP, TL1 system commands 190 3-30RTRV-IP-BGP, TL1 system commands 190

3-33RTRV-IP-DNS, TL1 system commands 190

3-34RTRV-IP-NAT, TL1 system commands 190

3-36RTRV-IP-OSPF, TL1 system commands 190

3-37RTRV-IPSEC-ACTV, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-43RTRV-IPSEC-PROV, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-45

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-67

RTRV-IPSEC-SA, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-47

RTRV-LINE, TL1 facility commands 190 5-86

RTRV-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-40

RTRV-LOG, TL1 system commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-4

RTRV-MONTYPE-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-86

RTRV-MONTYPE-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-89

RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-91

RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-94

RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-97

RTRV-MONTYPE-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-98

RTRV-MONTYPE-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-100

RTRV-MONTYPE-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-102

RTRV-MONTYPE-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-103

RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-105

RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-106

RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-107

RTRV-MONTYPE-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-108

RTRV-MOTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-88

RTRV-MOTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190 5-92

RTRV-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 facility commands 190 5-99


RTRV-NE-CFG, TL1 system commands 190 3-39

RTRV-NE-CX, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-59

RTRV-NE-FEAT, TL1 system commands 190 3-41

RTRV-NE-LIST, TL1 system commands 190 3-42

RTRV-NE-LOG, TL1 alarm and event commands 190 11-157

RTRV-NE-NAME, TL1 system commands 190 3-44

RTRV-NETYPE, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-47

RTRV-NETYPE, TL1 system commands 190 3-45

RTRV-OCH, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Switch module 190 18-14, 190 18-15

RTRV-OCI, TL1 facility commands 190 5-101

RTRV-OCLD, TL1 facility commands 190 5-104

RTRV-OFA, TL1 facility commands 190 5-106

RTRV-OHCHN, TL1 facility commands 190 5-108

RTRV-OM-ALL, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-8

RTRV-OM-GFSRM, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-13

RTRV-OM-MOTRSFP, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-16

RTRV-OM-OTR, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-19

RTRV-OM-OTRXFP, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-22

RTRV-OMTYPE-GFSRM, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-24

RTRV-OMTYPE-MOTRSFP, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-26

RTRV-OMTYPE-OTR, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-27

RTRV-OMTYPE-OTRXFP, TL1 operational measurement commands 190 9-29

RTRV-OSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-109

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-68 Master index

RTRV-OTR, TL1 facility commands 190 5-111

RTRV-OTRSFP, TL1 facility commands 190 5-114

RTRV-OTRSFPLS, TL1 facility commands 190 5-116

RTRV-OTRXFP, TL1 facility commands 190 5-118

RTRV-PM-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-117

RTRV-PM-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-120

RTRV-PMMODE-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-157

RTRV-PMMODE-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-159

RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-161

RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-162

RTRV-PMMODE-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-164

RTRV-PMMODE-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-165

RTRV-PMMODE-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-167

RTRV-PMMODE-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-168

RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-169

RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-170

RTRV-PMMODE-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-171

RTRV-PMMODE-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-173

RTRV-PM-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-123

RTRV-PM-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-127

RTRV-PM-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-130


RTRV-PM-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-132

RTRV-PM-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-136

RTRV-PM-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-140

RTRV-PM-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-143

RTRV-PM-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-146

RTRV-PM-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-149

RTRV-PM-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-151

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-174

RTRV-PMSCHED-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-176

RTRV-PMSCHED-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-177

RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-178

RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-180

RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-181

RTRV-PMSCHED-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-183

RTRV-PMSCHED-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-184

RTRV-PMSCHED-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-186

RTRV-PMSCHED-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-187

RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-189

RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-190

RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-192

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-69

RTRV-PMSCHED-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-193

RTRV-PM-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-154

RTRV-PROT, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-61

RTRV-PROT-CRS, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 6-63

RTRV-PROTSW-MOTR, TL1 cross-connect commands 190 8-14

RTRV-SRM, TL1 facility commands 190 5-121

RTRV-STATUS, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-33

RTRV-STATUS, TL1 system commands 190 3-47

RTRV-SW-VER, TL1 system commands 190 3-49

RTRV-SYNCNSW-SRM, TL1 protection switching commands 190 8-12

RTRV-TCACOND-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-194

RTRV-TH-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-196

RTRV-TH-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-200

RTRV-TH-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-202

RTRV-TH-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-204

RTRV-TH-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-208

RTRV-TH-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-210

RTRV-TH-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-212

RTRV-TH-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-214

RTRV-TH-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-216

RTRV-TH-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-217

RTRV-TH-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-220


RTRV-TH-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-222

RTRV-TH-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-224

RTRV-TH-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-226

RTRV-TIDS, TL1 equipment commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-49

RTRV-USER, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-49

RTRV-USER-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-51

RTRV-USER-SECU, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-34

RTRV-WSC, TL1 facility commands 190 5-123

rulesdeploying network topologies

bridged linear 110 3-49bridged linear and ring 110 3-52bridged ring 110 3-51combined compound 110 3-54CWDM linear 110 3-41CWDM ring 110 3-47DWDM linear 110 3-37DWDM ring 110 3-44ITU CWDM linear 110 3-42ITU CWDM ring 110 3-48OMX-less linear 110 3-43

equipping 110 12-1

Ssafety standards 180 5-2

circuit packs 201 1-37, 210 1-37handling optical fibers 201 1-34, 210 1-34Hazard Level Indicator label, selecting 201

1-24, 210 1-24label kit for HIP OFA 201 1-19, 210 1-19labelling 201 1-6, 210 1-6laser radiation 201 1-3, 210 1-3regulatory labels 180 5-10repairing optical fibers 201 1-35, 210 1-35splicing optical fibers 201 1-35, 210 1-35static electricity 201 1-36, 210 1-36

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-70 Master index

saving 310 1-116alarm lists 310 1-40event log 310 1-28System Manager information 310 1-50

SAV-PROV, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-52

SC connector, cleaning (simplex or duplex) 201 10-7, 210 9-8

SCHED-PMREPT-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-228

SCHED-PMREPT-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-229

SCHED-PMREPT-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-229

SCHED-PMREPT-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-230

SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-231

SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-232

SCHED-PMREPT-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-233

SCHED-PMREPT-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-234

SCHED-PMREPT-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-235

SCHED-PMREPT-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-236

SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-237

SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-238

SCHED-PMREPT-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-239

SCHED-PMREPT-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-240


securityalarms, clearing 542 22-1alarms, events, notifications 110 11-53management, ETS Comms module 190

17-1managing 310 2-1planning network security 110 11-1

security alarmsIKE Failures 542 22-8Incompatible Provisioning - IPSec 542

22-12Intrusion Attempt 542 22-3IPSec Errors 542 22-10Primary RADIUS Server Unavailable 542

22-5RADIUS Server(s) Unavailable 542 22-6Secondary RADIUS Server

Unavailable 542 22-7security and access permissions, TL1

interface 190 1-4security and administration commands, TL1

interface 190 2-1security association (SA)

about 110 11-24database (SADB) 110 11-25security policy database (SPD) 110 11-25

Security window 101 7-140serial site configuration and link budgets 110

3-156, 110 9-9service layer 110 1-4

about 110 3-1bookended and interoperable

topologies 110 3-59channel assignments 110 3-4, 110 3-5definition 110 1-3implementing bookended topologies with

sub-rate multiplexer OCIs 110 3-62, 110 3-91

implementing bookended topologies with sub-rate multiplexer OCIs or Muxponders 110 3-59

implementing interoperable topologies with Muxponders 110 3-66

implementing interoperable topologies with OCI SRM 110 3-65

implementing interoperable topologies with OCI SRM ESCON 110 3-64

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-71

service layer (continued)implementing interoperable topologies with

OCI SRM GbE/FC 110 3-62mapping to optical layer 110 1-7, 110 3-54optical channel, definition 110 3-2optical channels on bridged hub and spoke

topologies 110 3-57optical channels on bridged ring

topologies 110 3-58optical channels on hub and spoke

topologies 110 3-56optical channels on linear topologies 110

3-55optical channels on ring topologies 110

3-56SET-ACO-COM, TL1 alarm and event

commands 190 11-160SET-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event commands,

ETS Comms module 190 17-65SET-ATTR, TL1 alarm and event commands,

ETS Switch module 190 18-29SET-ATTR-CONT, TL1 environment and

external control commands 190 12-17

SET-ATTR-CSA, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-53

SET-ATTR-ENV, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-18

SET-ATTR-IFS, TL1 system commands 190 3-51

SET-ATTR-REMAUTH, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-55

SET-ATTR-SECUALM, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-36

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-55

SET-ATTR-SECULOG, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-37

SET-BANNER-LINE, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-56

SET-CFG-CONT, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-20


SET-CFG-ENV, TL1 environment and external control commands 190 12-21

SET-CHALLENGE-SECRET, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-57

SET-NE-OSID, TL1 equipment commands 190 4-35

SET-NETYPE, TL1 system commands 190 3-51

SET-PMMODE-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-240

SET-PMMODE-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-241

SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-242

SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-243

SET-PMMODE-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-244

SET-PMMODE-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-245

SET-PMMODE-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-246

SET-PMMODE-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-247

SET-PMMODE-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-248

SET-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-249

SET-PMMODE-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-249

SET-PMMODE-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-250

SET-SID, TL1 security and administration commands 190 2-58

SET-SID, TL1 security and administration commands, ETS Comms module 190 17-38

SET-TCACOND-ALL, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-251

SET-TH-EQPT, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-252

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-72 Master index

SET-TH-GFSRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-254

SET-TH-MOTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-255

SET-TH-MOTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-257

SET-TH-MOTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-258

SET-TH-OCI, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-259

SET-TH-OCLD, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-261

SET-TH-OFA, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-262

SET-TH-OTR, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-263

SET-TH-OTRSFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-265

SET-TH-OTRSFPLS, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-266

SET-TH-OTRXFP, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-267

SET-TH-SRM, TL1 performance monitoring commands 190 10-269

SFP module 102 8-17adapter housing, cleaning 201 10-19, 210

9-20installing 201 8-11, 210 7-14installing into OME1110 201 5-9ordering 110 13-81replacing 546 3-61

shelf5100

assembly kit, ordering 110 13-10connectors 102 2-8cooling unit 102 2-10dimensions 180 1-5filler card 180 2-177power consumption 180 6-7weight 180 1-5

5200dimensions 180 1-3filler card 180 2-177ordering 110 13-9power consumption 180 6-1weight 180 1-3


shelf (continued)about 110 2-17alarms, clearing 542 14-1backing up configuration data 310 1-104changing configuration information 310

1-78, 310 1-90, 310 4-12changing TID 310 1-102commissioning from backup file 220 3-29commissioning with Commissioning

Wizard 220 3-8configuring external management 310

4-16configuring shelf surveillance 310 4-16connecting with cross-over Ethernet 201

7-32, 210 6-18date and time for primary 101 1-2decommissioning 310 4-3deleting 310 4-9determining rack position 210 4-6format 102 1-1front- or mid-mounting 210 4-16front-mounting with vertical fiber

brackets 201 4-34grounding 201 4-45, 210 4-19installing 201 4-1installing equipment drawers 201 4-141installing rack mounting brackets 210 4-9installing the air baffle 201 4-42lamp test 222 1-7layout 102 1-3management 310 4-1modified assembly for 5200 110 2-18, 110

2-20Optical Metro 5100

alarm indicators 102 2-6COTEL connectors 102 2-7cover 102 2-11description 102 2-1installation kit 102 3-1installing 210 4-1layout 102 2-1maintenance panel 102 2-5mounting brackets 102 3-4power unit 102 2-2

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-73

shelf (continued)Optical Metro 5200

cooling unit 102 1-5cover 102 1-14fiber management trough 102 1-14installation kit 102 3-1layouts 102 1-3maintenance panel 102 1-6mounting brackets 102 3-4NEBS shelf extension 102 1-14

optical signal continuity test through OMXs 222 1-23

optical signal continuity test through OMXs at an OADM site that uses single-shelf wiring 222 1-37

optical signal test 222 1-10positions in rack or cabinet 201 4-10restarting 310 4-10

alarms 542 3-2events 542 3-2warnings 542 3-2

restoring configuration data 310 1-107seating circuit packs (Optical Metro 5100

shelf) 220 3-53seating circuit packs (Optical Metro 5200

shelf) 220 3-47selecting in System Manager 310 1-44signal continuity test 222 1-50sorting on System Manager 310 1-46standard assembly for 5100 110 2-20standard assembly for 5200 110 2-17

shelf alarmsAll Database Copies are Unavailable 542

14-4Automatic Laser Shutdown 542 14-7Breaker A Tripped 542 14-9Breaker B Tripped 542 14-9connecting 201 7-4, 210 6-5Cooling Unit Failed/Missing 542 14-11Data Recovery Failure 542 14-13Database Redundancy is Unavailable 542

14-14DNS Suffix Mismatch 542 14-16Ethernet Port 10BaseT 1X Failure 542

14-17Ethernet Port 10BaseT 2X Failure 542

14-19


shelf alarms (continued)Loss of Contact With NTP Source 542

14-21Parallel Telemetry Scan Point 542 14-22Power Feed A Low/Missing alarm 542

14-27Power Feed B Low/Missing alarm 542

14-27SBUS Failure 542 14-29Software Library Missing 542 14-30Software Library Transfer Incomplete 542

14-32Software Upgrade in Progress 542 14-33Temperature Out of Range 542 14-34Temperature Out of Range Warning 542

14-36VAC Failed/Missing 542 14-38

shelf assembly, choosing 110 12-34shelf components

replacing 546 2-1replacing on PTS shelf 546 2-192

Shelf Configuration window 101 7-101shelf cover

installing 201 4-163, 210 4-92Optical Metro 5100 102 2-11Optical Metro 5200 102 1-14removing 201 4-163, 210 4-92

shelf extension for NEBS compliance 102 1-14

shelf lamps, testing 222 1-7shelf level graphics 101 1-6

circuit pack details, displaying 310 1-120displaying 310 1-118

Shelf Level Graphics window 101 7-51field descriptions 101 7-51

shelf level parameters, performance monitoring 101 7-135

Shelf List window 101 7-117shelf location

ETS 102 26-11Extended Metro DWDM solution 102

33-5shelf surveillance, configuring in the System

Manager 310 4-16shipment, checking for damage 201 2-4, 210

2-3signal continuity, testing 222 1-50

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-74 Master index

signal flow1310 nm splitter/coupler tray 102 30-2C&L splitter/coupler tray 102 17-3ECT 102 18-3Extended Metro DWDM solution

DSCM 102 33-4OCI circuit pack 102 5-42OMX (Standard) 102 15-11OMX 16CH DWDM 100 GHz 102 15-11OMX 1CH CWDM 102 15-18OMX 1CH OADM ITU CWDM 102

15-24OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager 102 15-11OMX 4CH CWDM 102 15-19OMX 4CH CWDM with dual taps 102

15-20OMX 4CH DWDM CPL 102 15-11OMX 4CH Enhanced 102 15-11OMX 4CH ITU CWDM 102 15-24OMX 4CH OADM ITU CWDM 102

15-25OMX 8CH ITU CWDM 102 15-26OSC tray 102 16-6PBE 102 19-5

single-band CWDM OMXaccessing connectors 221 1-12equipping rules 110 12-36

siteconnecting to backbone 221 3-274definition 110 2-2environment 110 12-2fiber characterization 110 12-4floor area, preparing 201 3-3, 210 3-3floor space 110 12-4parallel configuration 110 3-156power 110 12-3requirements 110 12-1, 110 12-2sample equipment layout 110 12-53, 110

12-57, 110 12-59serial configuration 110 3-156testing wiring for intrasite fault

sectionalization 222 1-67Site Details window 101 7-10


SLECcomponent status 542 2-31components 222 2-4considerations 542 2-32deployment rules 222 2-8event reporting 542 2-14feature summary 101 6-26modes of operation 222 2-5operation 222 2-3required user provisioning 222 2-9site status 542 2-23starting or stopping 222 2-130status descriptions and

troubleshooting 542 2-17system status 542 2-17topology considerations 542 2-9troubleshooting

slot configurations5100 110 12-125200 110 12-4examples 110 12-23fixed and flexible 110 12-15OFA shelf 110 12-17

small form factor pluggable module. See SFP module

SNMPcommunity name, changing 310 2-16configuring SNMP parameters 310 2-49enabling or disabling SNMP version 310

2-48MIB CD-ROM, ordering 110 13-7renewing SNMPv3 authentication and

privacy keys 310 2-51surveillance MIB 101 5-1traps 310 4-16

SNMPv3 110 11-1engineering guidelines 110 11-9

softwaredelivery kits, ordering 110 13-4download 101 1-4downloading (Solaris) 220 1-27downloading (Windows) 220 1-7transferring from CD (Solaris) 220 1-27transferring from CD (Windows) 220 1-7upgrade 101 1-4upgrade kits, ordering 110 13-5

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-75

software loadtesting new 220 3-58upgrading on a replacement SP circuit pack


Software Upgrade window 101 7-119Solaris, troubleshooting, environment

variables 542 1-3sorting

information windows 310 1-48shelves 310 1-46

SP alarmsDatabase Backup Failure 542 14-39Database Restore Failure 542 14-40Intrasite Communication Failure 542

14-41, 542 14-43Software Below Baseline 542 14-44

SP circuit packabout 102 11-1, 110 2-8alarms, clearing 542 14-1faceplates 102 11-5indicator lamps 102 11-5, 102 11-6locations 102 11-6loopbacks 102 11-6ordering 110 13-8replacing 546 3-100signal flow 102 11-5

span margins 110 5-6specifications

1310 nm splitter/coupler 180 1-301U AC rectifier 180 1-491U APRS rectifier 180 1-472U AC rectifier 180 1-513U APRS rectifier 180 1-44APBE circuit pack 180 2-173C&L splitter/coupler 180 1-29cable pinouts 180 1-12, 201 7-33, 201

7-39, 210 6-19, 210 6-23cable sizes 180 1-13circuit packs 180 2-1COTEL 180 1-14discrete VOA 180 1-34DSCM latency 180 2-191DSCMs 180 1-31ECT 180 1-33enhanced trunk switch 180 1-37


specifications (continued)environmental 180 1-2equipment inventory unit 180 1-43Ethernet hub 180 1-42Gigabit Ethernet frame length 180 2-184latency 180 2-182mandatory regulations 180 5-3mode-conditioning plug 180 1-43Muxponder circuit pack 180 2-134Muxponder latency 180 2-187NEBS shelf extension 180 1-8OCI circuit pack 180 2-2OCI SRM 1310 nm latency 180 2-187OCI SRM circuit pack 180 2-8OCLD circuit packs 180 2-73OFA circuit pack 180 2-168OME1110 180 2-178OMX module 180 1-17optical trunk switch 180 1-36OSC circuit pack 180 2-176OSC tray 180 1-28OTR circuit pack 180 2-84patch panel 180 1-44PBE 180 1-34Photonic Trunk Switch 180 1-41port 180 1-9protection switch time 180 4-5shelf dimensions, 5100 180 1-5shelf dimensions, 5200 180 1-3splitter/coupler drawer 180 1-54standards compliance 180 5-2System Manager 180 4-1transponder protection tray 180 1-35weight, 5100 shelf 180 1-5weight, 5200 shelf 180 1-3

splitter/coupler1310 nm splitter/coupler 110 2-11C&L splitter/coupler 110 2-10

splitter/coupler tray, dual filter drawer specifications 180 1-54

stacked fibering, OMX 110 3-119STA-LAMP-TST, TL1 alarm and event

commands 190 11-160, 190 11-161standard fibering, OMX 110 3-118

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-76 Master index

standardsOptical Metro 5100/5200 compliance 180

5-2safety 180 5-2TL1 interface, compliance 190 1-3

start of frame delimiter 110 3-101subnet mask 110 10-20subrate and extended reach details,

provisioning 310 3-107subtending equipment

connectingMuxponder 10Gbit/s GbE/FC circuit

pack when carrying bidirectional traffic 221 3-244

Muxponder 10Gbit/s GbE/FC circuit pack when carrying unidirectional traffic 221 3-258

OCI circuit packs to 221 3-196, 221 3-228

OCI SRM circuit pack to through patch panel 221 3-202, 221 3-235

OCI SRM ESCON circuit pack to through patch panel 221 3-211

OCI SRM GbE circuit pack to 221 3-222

OCI SRM GbE/FC circuit pack to 221 3-222

OSC WSC ports 221 3-102OTR circuit pack to 221 3-162

summary path alarms, Muxponder 10 Gbit/s GbE/FC VCAT 102 8-75

surveillance (external), configuring for a shelf 310 4-16

Surveillance window 101 7-115system

provisioning 310 3-1testing 222 1-50

System Level Equalization Control window 101 7-9

System Level Equalization Control. See SLECSystem Manager

about 101 1-3access privileges, about 310 1-2access through IP addresses 310 1-3accessing information windows 101 7-14accessing windows 101 1-9


System Manager (continued)acknowledge visual alarms 310 1-42add information 310 1-52alarm banner 101 1-8, 101 7-14alarm list, printing 310 1-41alarm management 101 1-3alarms list, saving 310 1-40allocate memory 220 1-43applet 101 1-6automatic laser recovery


automatic laser shutdowndisabling 310 1-121enabling 310 1-121

card values or circuit pack type values 101 7-17

centralized security administrationattributes, setting 310 2-19

chained, provisioning 310 1-66challenge/response shared secret,

changing 310 2-27channel assignments 101 1-4channel assignments, querying 310 1-55client conditioning, Muxponder 10 Gbit/s

OTN 4xOC48/STM16 circuit 310 3-271

command options 101 7-2commands and menu options 101 7-2Commissioning Wizard, about 101 1-1communications settings 310 1-67configuration data, restoring 310 1-107configure external modem 220 7-6configuring DHCP (Windows) 220 1-45,

220 3-4configuring for Ethernet connection

(Windows) 220 1-30configuring Netscape 220 1-35configuring remote connection to 220 7-1Configuring SNMP parameters 310 2-49connecting remote computer to Optical

Metro 5100/5200 network 220 7-3date and time 101 1-2, 101 7-146date and time, setting 310 1-56DCN gateway settings

editing 310 1-22setting 310 1-22

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-77

System Manager (continued)delete information 310 1-52dial-up connection (Windows) 220 7-12DNS proxy service


equipment configuration 101 1-3Ethernet port 1 IP forwarding,

provisioning 310 1-65Ethernet port 2 access control,

provisioning 310 1-62event buffers 101 1-5event console, clearing 310 1-31event console, viewing 310 1-27event history 101 1-4event logs, saving 310 1-28events, viewing history 310 1-25exiting 310 1-127external management, configuring 310

4-16facilities, querying 310 1-54facility configuration 101 1-3FEC threshold, provisioning on Muxponder

10 Gbit/s OTN 4xOC48/STM16 circuit pack 310 3-274

field descriptions 101 7-2health check report 310 1-116health check, performing 310 1-113hubbed, provisioning 310 1-66information windows 101 7-14installing 220 1-1intrusion attempts handling, setting 310

2-22inventory list, querying 310 1-53IP addresses, access 310 1-3IP addresses, setting up 310 1-67IPSec provisioning

configuring a security policy 310 2-33disabling IPSec, from Security

menu 310 2-31enabling and disabling IPSec, from IPSec

Provision window 310 2-32provisioning Internet Key Exchange

(IKE) 310 2-33setting violation alert threshold 310

2-32


System Manager (continued)layer and signal values 101 7-19locating alarms with 542 3-2logging into network 310 1-11login 101 1-5login user list, viewing 310 2-13main window 101 1-7manual laser recovery, performing 310

1-124menu bar 101 1-8, 101 7-2menu options 101 7-2modify information 310 1-52Muxponder 2.5 Gbit/s FC/GbE EFM circuit

packsprovisioning a hairpin 310 3-268provisioning EFM 310 3-266

Netscape environment variables in Solaris 220 1-39

network connections 101 1-6network shelf selector 101 1-7, 101 7-2network shelf selector icons 101 7-2network, site, shelf names 101 1-1Null Pointer Exception 220 1-43OME1110

displaying OME1110 equipment information 310 3-270

restarting 310 3-279OSID, provisioning 310 3-142passive slot numbering


password rules 310 2-1password, changing 310 2-14performance monitoring 101 1-4platform requirements 180 4-2port values 101 7-18printing information 310 1-51printing, event lists 310 1-30protection management 101 1-4provisioning Ethernet port alarms 310

1-59RADIUS server

attributes, setting 310 2-25shared secret, changing 310 2-28

refresh 101 7-15refreshing windows 101 7-15

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-78 Master index

System Manager (continued)remote access 220 7-3remote fault notification


Renewing SNMPv3 authentication and privacy keys 310 2-51

saving information 310 1-50security 101 1-5security alarms, clearing 310 2-29security, managing 310 2-1selecting shelves 101 1-7sessions 101 1-6shelf addressing 101 1-2shelf configuration data, backing up 310

1-104shelf icons 101 1-7shelf level graphics 101 1-6shelf level graphics, displaying 310 1-118shelf surveillance 101 1-2shelf surveillance, configuring 310 4-16shelves

selecting 310 1-44sorting 310 1-46

slot values 101 7-18SNMP community name, changing 310

2-16SNMP version, enabling or disabling 310

2-48software download 101 1-4software upgrade 101 1-4sorting information 310 1-48specifications 180 4-1system requirements 101 1-6telemetry alarms, configuring 310 1-33telemetry ports, configuring 310 1-33TCM channels, provisioning on Muxponder

10 Gbit/s OTN 4xOC48/STM16 circuit pack 310 3-272

TID, changing 310 1-102time stamps 101 7-146transferring software (Solaris) 220 1-27transferring software (Windows) 220 1-7


System Manager (continued)user account

adding 310 2-6changing 310 2-8deleting 310 2-12managing 310 2-1viewing details 310 2-5

user administration 101 1-5user interface 101 7-2user levels, about 310 1-2User-based Security model (USM), creating

a USM user 310 3-278view information 310 1-52viewing and configuring a USM user

profile 310 2-44viewing facility information 101 7-47viewing inventory information 101 7-47viewing IP statistics 310 2-42window hierarchy 101 1-9, 101 7-14

System Manager windowsActive Alarms window 101 7-40Add User window 101 7-142Admin window 101 7-118Alarm Details window 101 7-41Arrange Shelves window 101 7-118Channel Assignments window 101 7-85,

101 7-87Client to Line Side Path Mapping

window 101 7-96Communications window 101 7-100Configuration window 101 7-98Connections window 101 7-85Equipment window 101 7-47Event Console window 101 7-42Event Details window 101 7-45Event History window 101 7-44External Manager Entry window 101

7-116Facilities window 101 7-66Fault window 101 7-40Interface Statistics window 101 7-138Inventory window 101 7-48IP Routing Table window 101 7-137IPSec Provision 101 7-12IPSec Statistics window 101 7-144Launch PM window 101 7-124

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-79

System Manager windows (continued)Login User List window 101 7-143, 101

7-144main window 101 6-6, 101 6-17, 101 7-2Modify User window 101 7-141Naming window 101 7-98NE Admin window 101 7-120Parallel Telemetry Input window 101 7-83Parallel Telemetry Output window 101

7-84Path Summary window 101 7-96Performance Monitor window 101 7-124Security window 101 7-140Shelf Configuration window 101 7-101Shelf Level Graphics window 101 7-51Shelf List window 101 7-117Software Upgrade window 101 7-119Surveillance window 101 7-115System Level Equalization Control

window 101 7-9Site Details window 101 7-10

Telemetry window 101 7-83Timing window 101 7-94Troubleshooting window 101 7-137User Profile List window 101 7-140

TTCA. See threshold crossing alerttelemetry alarms

configuring 310 1-33connecting to a 1U APRS rectifier 210

6-13telemetry alarms. See COTEL interfacetelemetry cable, routing 210 6-10telemetry connections

5100 shelf 180 1-165200 shelf 180 1-15

telemetry equipment, connecting 201 7-4, 210 6-5

telemetry ports, configuring 310 1-33Telemetry window 101 7-83Telnet

accessing 190 1-8commissioned shelves 190 1-26uncommissioned shelf 190 1-30

temperature, operating environment 180 1-2


terms, list of 090 3-1testing

intrasite fault sectionalization 222 1-67optical continuity through OMXs 222 1-23optical continuity through OMXs at an

OADM site that uses single-shelf wiring 222 1-37

optical signal through a WDM OMX 222 1-10

OSC installation 222 1-64power connections 201 6-74, 210 5-66procedures 222 1-1shelf lamps 222 1-7signal continuity 222 1-50system 222 1-50

testsgraduated loopback test 542 4-29Muxponder client-side to Muxponder

client-side continuity 542 4-13Muxponder to OMX continuity 542 4-21new software load 220 3-58OCI to OCLD continuity 542 4-13OCI to OMX continuity 542 4-21optical continuity 542 4-8OTR client-side to OTR client-side

continuity 542 4-13OTR to OMX continuity 542 4-21

threshold crossing alert 101 3-45threshold setting recommendations, Photonic

Trunk Switch 101 3-72TID, ETS Comms module 220 4-13time and date, ETS 220 4-17time, setting 310 1-56timestamps

System Manager 101 7-146TL1 interface 190 1-13

Timing window 101 7-94TL1

about 190 1-1access identifier 190 1-9access identifiers 190 1-15command acknowledgement 190 1-12command structure 190 1-10configuration 190 1-8correlation tag 190 1-9default TID 190 1-6

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-80 Master index

TL1 (continued)ETS Comms module commands 190 17-1ETS Switch module commands 190 18-1gateway network element 190 1-32mandatory punctuation 190 1-12message notation 190 1-9messages 190 1-13messages, ETS Comms module 190 16-1messages, ETS Switch module 190 16-1multiple sessions 190 1-6parameter value grouping 190 1-12password identifier 190 1-4prompt 190 1-3security access levels 190 1-4source identifier 190 1-5standards compliance 190 1-3target identifier 190 1-5timestamps 190 1-13user identifier 190 1-4user interface 190 1-3

TL1 alarm and event commandsALW-DBREPT-ALL 190 11-4ALW-MSG-ALL 190 11-4ALW-MSG-SECU 190 11-5ALW-UPSN 190 11-6CLR-ALM-SECU 190 11-6INH-DBREPT-ALL 190 11-7INH-MSG-ALL 190 11-8INH-MSG-SECU 190 11-9INH-UPSN 190 11-9OPR-ACO-COM 190 11-10RTRV-ACO-COM 190 11-10RTRV-ALM-ALL 190 11-11RTRV-ALM-APBE 190 11-30RTRV-ALM-COM 190 11-33RTRV-ALM-EQPT 190 11-36RTRV-ALM-GFSRM 190 11-39RTRV-ALM-MOTR 190 11-42RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFP 190 11-45RTRV-ALM-MOTRSFPLS 190 11-49RTRV-ALM-OCI 190 11-51RTRV-ALM-OCLD 190 11-54RTRV-ALM-OFA 190 11-57RTRV-ALM-OHCHN 190 11-60RTRV-ALM-OMX 190 11-63RTRV-ALM-OSC 190 11-66RTRV-ALM-OTR 190 11-69


TL1 alarm and event commands (continued)RTRV-ALM-OTRSFP 190 11-72RTRV-ALM-OTRSFPLS 190 11-75RTRV-ALM-OTRXFP 190 11-78RTRV-ALM-SECU 190 11-81RTRV-ALM-SPLT 190 11-83RTRV-ALM-SRM 190 11-86RTRV-ALM-WSC 190 11-90RTRV-COND-ALL 190 11-92RTRV-COND-APBE 190 11-96RTRV-COND-COM 190 11-98RTRV-COND-EQPT 190 11-101RTRV-COND-GFSRM 190 11-104RTRV-COND-MOTR 190 11-107RTRV-COND-MOTRSFP 190 11-110RTRV-COND-MOTRSFPLS 190 11-113RTRV-COND-OCI 190 11-116RTRV-COND-OCLD 190 11-119RTRV-COND-OFA 190 11-122RTRV-COND-OHCHN 190 11-125RTRV-COND-OMX 190 11-127RTRV-COND-OSC 190 11-130RTRV-COND-OTR 190 11-133RTRV-COND-OTRSFP 190 11-136RTRV-COND-OTRSFPLS 190 11-139RTRV-COND-OTRXFP 190 11-142RTRV-COND-SPLT 190 11-145RTRV-COND-SRM 190 11-148RTRV-COND-WSC 190 11-151RTRV-CP-LOG 190 11-154RTRV-NE-LOG 190 11-157SET-ACO-COM 190 11-160STA-LAMP-TST 190 11-160, 190 11-161

TL1 alarm and events commands, ALW-MSG, ETS Comms module 190 17-54

TL1 alarm and events commands, ALW-MSG, ETS Switch module 190 18-20

TL1 alarm and events commands, INH-MSG, ETS Comms module 190 17-56

TL1 alarm and events commands, INH-MSG, ETS Switch module 190 18-21

TL1 alarm and events commands, OPR-ACO-ALL, ETS Comms module 190 17-57

TL1 alarm and events commands, RTRV-ALM, ETS Comms module 190 17-58

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-81

TL1 alarm and events commands, RTRV-ALM, ETS Switch module 190 18-23

TL1 alarm and events commands, RTRV-ATTR, ETS Comms module 190 17-60

TL1 alarm and events commands, RTRV-ATTR, ETS Switch module 190 18-25

TL1 alarm and events commands, RTRV-COND, ETS Comms module 190 17-62

TL1 alarm and events commands, RTRV-COND, ETS Switch module 190 18-27

TL1 alarm and events commands, SET-ATTR, ETS Comms module 190 17-65

TL1 alarm and events commands, SET-ATTR, ETS Switch module 190 18-29

TL1 autonomous messagesCANC 190 13-5REPT ALM APBE 190 13-5REPT ALM COM 190 13-7REPT ALM ENV 190 13-9REPT ALM EQPT 190 13-12REPT ALM GFSRM 190 13-14REPT ALM MOTR 190 13-16REPT ALM MOTRSFP 190 13-19REPT ALM MOTRSFPLS 190 13-21REPT ALM OCI 190 13-23REPT ALM OCLD 190 13-25REPT ALM OFA 190 13-27REPT ALM OHCHN 190 13-29REPT ALM OMX 190 13-31REPT ALM OSC 190 13-33REPT ALM OTR 190 13-35REPT ALM OTRSFP 190 13-37REPT ALM OTRSFPLS 190 13-40REPT ALM OTRXFP 190 13-42REPT ALM SECU 190 13-44REPT ALM SPLT 190 13-45REPT ALM SRM 190 13-48REPT ALM WSC 190 13-50REPT COND APBE 190 13-52REPT COND COM 190 13-53REPT COND EQPT 190 13-55REPT COND GFSRM 190 13-56


TL1 autonomous messages (continued)REPT COND MOTR 190 13-58REPT COND MOTRSFP 190 13-60REPT COND MOTRSFPLS 190 13-61REPT COND OCI 190 13-63REPT COND OCLD 190 13-64REPT COND OFA 190 13-66REPT COND OHCHN 190 13-67REPT COND OMX 190 13-69REPT COND OSC 190 13-70REPT COND OTR 190 13-72REPT COND OTRSFP 190 13-73REPT COND OTRSFPLS 190 13-75REPT COND OTRXFP 190 13-76REPT COND SPLT 190 13-78REPT COND SRM 190 13-79REPT COND WSC 190 13-81REPT DBCHG 190 13-82REPT EVT APBE 190 13-84REPT EVT COM 190 13-87REPT EVT EQPT 190 13-89REPT EVT FXFR 190 13-91REPT EVT GFSRM 190 13-92REPT EVT MOTR 190 13-95REPT EVT MOTRSFP 190 13-97REPT EVT MOTRSFPLS 190 13-100,

190 13-122REPT EVT OCI 190 13-102REPT EVT OCLD 190 13-105REPT EVT OFA 190 13-108REPT EVT OHCHN 190 13-110REPT EVT OMX 190 13-113REPT EVT OSC 190 13-115REPT EVT OTR 190 13-117REPT EVT OTRSFP 190 13-119REPT EVT OTRXFP 190 13-124REPT EVT SECU 190 13-127REPT EVT SESSION 190 13-129REPT EVT SPLT 190 13-129REPT EVT SRM 190 13-131REPT EVT WSC 190 13-134REPT PM EQPT 190 13-136REPT PM GFSRM 190 13-138REPT PM MOTR 190 13-139REPT PM MOTRSFP 190 13-140, 190

13-141REPT PM OCI 190 13-143

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-82 Master index

TL1 autonomous messages (continued)REPT PM OCLD 190 13-144REPT PM OFA 190 13-145REPT PM OTR 190 13-146REPT PM OTRSFP 190 13-148REPT PM OTRSFPLS 190 13-149REPT PM OTRXFP 190 13-150REPT PM SRM 190 13-151

TL1 autonomous messages, CANC, ETS Comms module 190 17-67

TL1 autonomous messages, ETS Comms module 190 17-66

TL1 autonomous messages, REPTÂLM^, ETS Comms module 190 17-67

TL1 autonomous messages, REPTÂLM^SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-69

TL1 autonomous messages, REPTÊVT^, ETS Comms module 190 17-70

TL1 autonomous messages, REPTÊVT^SESSION, ETS Comms module 190 17-72

TL1 cross-connect commandsDLT-CRS-ALL 190 6-5DLT-CRS-PATH 190 6-7ED-CRS-ALL 190 6-8ED-CRS-OC12 190 6-19ED-CRS-OC192 190 6-27ED-CRS-OC24 190 6-22ED-CRS-OC3 190 6-16ED-CRS-OC48 190 6-24ENT-CRS-ALL 190 6-29ENT-CRS-OC12 190 6-38ENT-CRS-OC192 190 6-43ENT-CRS-OC24 190 6-40ENT-CRS-OC3 190 6-36ENT-CRS-OC48 190 6-41ENT-CRS-PATH 190 6-45RTRV-CID-ALL 190 6-46RTRV-CRS-ALL 190 6-48RTRV-CRS-PATH 190 6-57RTRV-NE-CX 190 6-59RTRV-PROT 190 6-61RTRV-PROT-CRS 190 6-63RTRV-PROTSW-MOTR 190 8-14


TL1 environment and external control commands

OPR-EXT-CONT 190 12-2RLS-EXT-CONT 190 12-4RTRV-ALM-ENV 190 12-5RTRV-ATTR-CONT 190 12-9RTRV-ATTR-ENV 190 12-10RTRV-CFG-CONT 190 12-12RTRV-CFG-ENV 190 12-14RTRV-EXT-CONT 190 12-15SET-ATTR-CONT 190 12-17SET-ATTR-ENV 190 12-18SET-CFG-CONT 190 12-20SET-CFG-ENV 190 12-21

TL1 equipment commandsDLT-EQPT 190 4-2ED-EQPT 190 4-3ENT-EQPT 190 4-5RMV-EQPT 190 4-13RST-EQPT 190 4-14RTRV-EQPT 190 4-14RTRV-INVENTORY 190 4-27SET-NE-OSID 190 4-35

TL1 equipment commands, ED-EQPT, ETS Comms module 190 17-42

TL1 equipment commands, ED-EQPT, ETS Switch module 190 18-6

TL1 equipment commands, ED-OC, ETS Switch module 190 18-8

TL1 equipment commands, RMV-EQPT, ETS Comms module 190 17-45

TL1 equipment commands, RMV-EQPT, ETS Switch module 190 18-9

TL1 equipment commands, RMV-OCH, ETS Switch module 190 18-10

TL1 equipment commands, RST-EQPT, ETS Comms module 190 17-46

TL1 equipment commands, RST-EQPT, ETS Switch module 190 18-11

TL1 equipment commands, RST-OCH, ETS Switch module 190 18-11

TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-EQPT, ETS Comms module 190 17-51

TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-EQPT, ETS Switch module 190 18-12

TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-INV, ETS Comms module 190 17-50

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-83

TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-NETYPE, ETS Comms module 190 17-47

TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-OCH, ETS Switch module 190 18-14, 190 18-15

TL1 equipment commands, RTRV-TIDS, ETS Comms module 190 17-49

TL1 error codes 190 14-1TL1 error codes, ETS Switch module 190

18-30TL1 facility commands

DLT-APBE 190 5-6DLT-GFSRM 190 5-7DLT-MOTR 190 5-8DLT-MOTRSFP 190 5-9DLT-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-9DLT-OCI 190 5-10DLT-OCLD 190 5-11DLT-OFA 190 5-12DLT-OSC 190 5-12DLT-OTR 190 5-13DLT-OTRSFP 190 5-14DLT-OTRSFPLS 190 5-14DLT-OTRXFP 190 5-15DLT-SRM 190 5-16DLT-WSCI 190 5-16ED-APBE 190 5-17ED-GFSRM 190 5-18ED-MOTR 190 5-20ED-MOTRSFP 190 5-22, 190 5-25ED-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-25ED-OCI 190 5-25ED-OCLD 190 5-26ED-OFA 190 5-27ED-OSCI 190 5-27ED-OTR 190 5-28ED-OTRSFP 190 5-29ED-OTRSFPLS 190 5-29ED-OTRXFP 190 5-30ED-SRM 190 5-31ED-TTI 190 5-32ED-WSC 190 5-33ENT-APBE 190 5-34ENT-GFSRM 190 5-35ENT-IP-NAT 190 5-36ENT-MOTR 190 5-37ENT-MOTRSFP 190 5-38ENT-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-39


TL1 facility commands (continued)ENT-OCI 190 5-40ENT-OCLD 190 5-40ENT-OFA 190 5-41ENT-OSC 190 5-42ENT-OTR 190 5-43ENT-OTRSFP 190 5-44ENT-OTRSFPLS 190 5-45ENT-OTRXFP 190 5-46ENT-RMT-USER 190 5-46ENT-SRM 190 5-47ENT-WSC 190 5-48EQ-APBE 190 5-49EQ-OFA 190 5-50RMV-ABPE 190 5-50RMV-GFSRM 190 5-51RMV-MOTR 190 5-51RMV-MOTRSFP 190 5-52RMV-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-53RMV-OCI 190 5-53RMV-OCLD 190 5-54RMV-OFA 190 5-55RMV-OHCHN 190 5-55RMV-OSC 190 5-56RMV-OTR 190 5-57, 190 5-59RMV-OTRSFP 190 5-58RMV-OTRSFPLS 190 5-58RMV-OTRXFP 190 5-59RMV-SRM 190 5-60RMV-WSC 190 5-61RST-APBE 190 5-61RST-GFSRM 190 5-62RST-MOTR 190 5-63RST-MOTRSFP 190 5-63RST-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-64RST-OCI 190 5-65RST-OCLD 190 5-65RST-OFA 190 5-66RST-OHCHN 190 5-67RST-OSC 190 5-67RST-OTR 190 5-68, 190 5-70RST-OTRSFP 190 5-68RST-OTRSFPLS 190 5-69RST-OTRXFP 190 5-70RST-SRM 190 5-70RST-WSC 190 5-71RTRV-AGG 190 5-72

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-84 Master index

TL1 facility commands (continued)RTRV-APBE 190 5-74RTRV-CLIENT 190 5-76RTRV-DFCT-MOTRSFP 190 5-79RTRV-GFSRM 190 5-80RTRV-LINE 190 5-86RTRV-MOTR 190 5-88RTRV-MOTRSFP 190 5-92RTRV-MOTRSFPLS 190 5-99RTRV-OCI 190 5-101RTRV-OCLD 190 5-104RTRV-OFA 190 5-106RTRV-OHCHN 190 5-108RTRV-OSC 190 5-109RTRV-OTR 190 5-111RTRV-OTRSFP 190 5-114RTRV-OTRSFPLS 190 5-116RTRV-OTRXFP 190 5-118RTRV-SRM 190 5-121RTRV-WSC 190 5-123

TL1 facility loopback commandsOPR-LPBK-GFSRM 190 7-3OPR-LPBK-MOTR 190 7-4OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFP 190 7-4OPR-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS 190 7-5OPR-LPBK-OCI 190 7-6OPR-LPBK-OCLD 190 7-7OPR-LPBK-OSC 190 7-8OPR-LPBK-OTR 190 7-9OPR-LPBK-OTRSFP 190 7-10OPR-LPBK-OTRSFPLS 190 7-11OPR-LPBK-OTRXFP 190 7-11OPR-LPBK-SRM 190 7-12OPR-LPBK-WSC 190 7-13RLS-LPBK-GFSRM 190 7-14RLS-LPBK-MOTR 190 7-15RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFP 190 7-16RLS-LPBK-MOTRSFPLS 190 7-17RLS-LPBK-OCI 190 7-18RLS-LPBK-OCLD 190 7-18RLS-LPBK-OSC 190 7-19RLS-LPBK-OTR 190 7-20RLS-LPBK-OTRSFP 190 7-21RLS-LPBK-OTRSFPLS 190 7-22RLS-LPBK-OTRXFP 190 7-22RLS-LPBK-SRM 190 7-23RLS-LPBK-WSC 190 7-24


TL1 interfacealarm and event commands 190 11-1alarm commands 190 11-1automatic reports 190 13-1autonomous messages 190 13-1backing up shelf configuration data 190

15-2configuration 190 1-8creating channel assignments 190 6-1cross-connect commands 190 6-1environment commands 190 12-1equipment commands 190 4-1error codes 190 14-1establishing a connection 190 1-26, 190

1-30event commands 190 11-1external control commands 190 12-1facility commands 190 5-1facility loopback commands 190 7-1message headers 190 1-15message notation 190 1-9messages 190 1-13network element identification 190 1-8operational measurement commands 190

9-1performance monitoring commands 190

10-1protection switching commands 190 8-1response format 190 1-13restoring shelf configuration data 190 15-7security and access permissions 190 1-4security and administration

commands 190 2-1standards compliance 190 1-3timestamps 190 1-13troubleshooting backup failure 190 15-13troubleshooting restore failure 190 15-15using the Optical Metro gateway network

element 190 1-32TL1 operational measurement commands

INIT-OMREG-EQPT 190 9-2INIT-OMREG-GFSRM 190 9-3INIT-OMREG-MOTRSFP 190 9-4INIT-OMREG-OTR 190 9-5INIT-OMREG-OTRXFP 190 9-7RTRV-OM-ALL 190 9-8RTRV-OM-GFSRM 190 9-13

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-85

TL1 operational measurement commands (continued)

RTRV-OM-MOTRSFP 190 9-16RTRV-OM-OTR 190 9-19RTRV-OM-OTRXFP 190 9-22RTRV-OMTYPE-GFSRM 190 9-24RTRV-OMTYPE-MOTRSFP 190 9-26RTRV-OMTYPE-OTR 190 9-27RTRV-OMTYPE-OTRXFP 190 9-29

TL1 performance monitoring commandsALW-PMREPT-ALL 190 10-8ALW-PMREPT-EQPT 190 10-9ALW-PMREPT-GFSRM 190 10-10ALW-PMREPT-MOTR 190 10-11ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFP 190 10-12ALW-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-12ALW-PMREPT-OCI 190 10-13ALW-PMREPT-OCLD 190 10-14ALW-PMREPT-OFA 190 10-15ALW-PMREPT-OTR 190 10-16ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFP 190 10-17ALW-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS 190 10-17ALW-PMREPT-OTRXFP 190 10-18ALW-PMREPT-SRM 190 10-19ED-TCA-ALL 190 10-20ED-TCA-EQPT 190 10-21ED-TCA-GFSRM 190 10-22ED-TCA-MOTR 190 10-25ED-TCA-MOTRSFP 190 10-30, 190

10-34ED-TCA-OCI 190 10-36ED-TCA-OCLD 190 10-37ED-TCA-OFA 190 10-39ED-TCA-OTR 190 10-40ED-TCA-OTRSFP 190 10-46ED-TCA-OTRSFPLS 190 10-47ED-TCA-OTRXFP 190 10-48ED-TCA-SRM 190 10-50INH-PMREPT-ALL 190 10-54INH-PMREPT-EQPT 190 10-54INH-PMREPT-GFSRM 190 10-55INH-PMREPT-MOTR 190 10-56INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFP 190 10-57INH-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-58INH-PMREPT-OCI 190 10-59INH-PMREPT-OCLD 190 10-59INH-PMREPT-OFA 190 10-60


TL1 performance monitoring commands (continued)

INH-PMREPT-OTR 190 10-61INH-PMREPT-OTRSFP 190 10-62INH-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS 190 10-62INH-PMREPT-OTRXFP 190 10-63INH-PMREPT-SRM 190 10-64INIT-REG-ALL 190 10-65INIT-REG-EQPT 190 10-66INIT-REG-GFSRM 190 10-67INIT-REG-MOTR 190 10-69INIT-REG-MOTRSFP 190 10-70INIT-REG-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-72INIT-REG-OCI 190 10-74INIT-REG-OCLD 190 10-76INIT-REG-OFA 190 10-77INIT-REG-OTR 190 10-79INIT-REG-OTRSFP 190 10-80INIT-REG-OTRSFPLS 190 10-82INIT-REG-OTRXFP 190 10-83INIT-REG-SRM 190 10-85RTRV-MONTYPE-EQPT 190 10-86RTRV-MONTYPE-GFSRM 190 10-89RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTR 190 10-91RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFP 190 10-94RTRV-MONTYPE-MOTRSFPLS 190

10-97RTRV-MONTYPE-OCI 190 10-98RTRV-MONTYPE-OCLD 190 10-100RTRV-MONTYPE-OFA 190 10-102RTRV-MONTYPE-OTR 190 10-103RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFP 190 10-105RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRSFPLS 190

10-106RTRV-MONTYPE-OTRXFP 190 10-107RTRV-MONTYPE-SRM 190 10-108RTRV-PM-EQPT 190 10-117RTRV-PM-GFSRM 190 10-120RTRV-PMMODE-GFSRM 190 10-157RTRV-PMMODE-MOTR 190 10-159RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFP 190 10-161RTRV-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS 190

10-162RTRV-PMMODE-OCI 190 10-164RTRV-PMMODE-OCLD 190 10-165RTRV-PMMODE-OFA 190 10-167RTRV-PMMODE-OTR 190 10-168

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-86 Master index


RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFP 190 10-169RTRV-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS 190

10-170RTRV-PMMODE-OTRXFP 190 10-171RTRV-PMMODE-SRM 190 10-173RTRV-PM-MOTR 190 10-123RTRV-PM-MOTRSFP 190 10-127RTRV-PM-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-130RTRV-PM-OCI 190 10-132RTRV-PM-OCLD 190 10-136RTRV-PM-OFA 190 10-140RTRV-PM-OTR 190 10-143RTRV-PM-OTRSFP 190 10-146RTRV-PM-OTRSFPLS 190 10-149RTRV-PM-OTRXFP 190 10-151RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL 190 10-174RTRV-PMSCHED-EQPT 190 10-176RTRV-PMSCHED-GFSRM 190 10-177RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTR 190 10-178RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFP 190

10-180RTRV-PMSCHED-MOTRSFPLS 190

10-181RTRV-PMSCHED-OCI 190 10-183RTRV-PMSCHED-OCLD 190 10-184RTRV-PMSCHED-OFA 190 10-186RTRV-PMSCHED-OTR 190 10-187RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFP 190 10-189RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRSFPLS 190

10-190RTRV-PMSCHED-OTRXFP 190 10-192RTRV-PMSCHED-SRM 190 10-193RTRV-PM-SRM 190 10-154RTRV-TCACOND-ALL 190 10-194RTRV-TH-ALL 190 10-196RTRV-TH-EQPT 190 10-200RTRV-TH-GFSRM 190 10-202RTRV-TH-MOTR 190 10-204RTRV-TH-MOTRSFP 190 10-208RTRV-TH-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-210RTRV-TH-OCI 190 10-212RTRV-TH-OCLD 190 10-214RTRV-TH-OFA 190 10-216RTRV-TH-OTR 190 10-217RTRV-TH-OTRSFP 190 10-220



RTRV-TH-OTRSFPLS 190 10-222RTRV-TH-OTRXFP 190 10-224RTRV-TH-SRM 190 10-226SCHED-PMREPT-ALL 190 10-228SCHED-PMREPT-EQPT 190 10-229SCHED-PMREPT-GFSRM 190 10-229SCHED-PMREPT-MOTR 190 10-230SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFP 190

10-231SCHED-PMREPT-MOTRSFPLS 190

10-232SCHED-PMREPT-OCI 190 10-233SCHED-PMREPT-OCLD 190 10-234SCHED-PMREPT-OFA 190 10-235SCHED-PMREPT-OTR 190 10-236SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFP 190 10-237SCHED-PMREPT-OTRSFPLS 190

10-238SCHED-PMREPT-OTRXFP 190 10-239SCHED-PMREPT-SRM 190 10-240SET-PMMODE-GFSRM 190 10-240SET-PMMODE-MOTR 190 10-241SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFP 190 10-242SET-PMMODE-MOTRSFPLS 190

10-243SET-PMMODE-OCI 190 10-244SET-PMMODE-OCLD 190 10-245SET-PMMODE-OFA 190 10-246SET-PMMODE-OTR 190 10-247SET-PMMODE-OTRSFP 190 10-248SET-PMMODE-OTRSFPLS 190 10-249SET-PMMODE-OTRXFP 190 10-249SET-PMMODE-SRM 190 10-250SET-TCACOND-ALL 190 10-251SET-TH-EQPT 190 10-252SET-TH-GFSRM 190 10-254SET-TH-MOTR 190 10-255SET-TH-MOTRSFP 190 10-257SET-TH-MOTRSFPLS 190 10-258SET-TH-OCI 190 10-259SET-TH-OCLD 190 10-261SET-TH-OFA 190 10-262SET-TH-OTR 190 10-263SET-TH-OTRSFP 190 10-265SET-TH-OTRSFPLS 190 10-266

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-87


SET-TH-OTRXFP 190 10-267SET-TH-SRM 190 10-269

TL1 protection switching commandsOPR-PROTNSW-EQPT 190 8-2OPR-PROTNSW-MOTR 190 8-3OPR-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS 190 8-4OPR-PROTNSW-OCLD 190 8-5OPR-PROTNSW-OTR 190 8-6OPR-SYNCNSW-SRM 190 8-7RLS-PROTNSW-EQPT 190 8-8RLS-PROTNSW-MOTR 190 8-9RLS-PROTNSW-MOTRSFPLS 190 8-10RLS-PROTNSW-OCLD 190 8-11RLS-PROTNSW-OTR 190 8-11RTRV-SYNCNSW-SRM 190 8-12

TL1 protection switching commands, OPR-PROTNSW-OCH, ETS Switch module 190 18-17

TL1 protection switching commands, RLS-PROTNSW-OCH, ETS Switch module 190 18-19

TL1 security and administration commandsACT-USER 190 2-5ALW-USER-SECU 190 2-6APPLY 190 2-7CANC-PROV 190 2-8CANC-USER 190 2-8CHK-HLTH 190 2-9CHK-HLTH-REPT 190 2-10CHK-PROV 190 2-11CMMT-PROV 190 2-12COPY-RFILE 190 2-13DLT-BANNER 190 2-15DLT-IPSEC-PLCY 190 2-16DLT-USER-SECU 190 2-17ED-DAT 190 2-17ED-IKE-PLCY 190 2-18ED-IPSEC-PLCY 190 2-19ED-PID 190 2-23ED-SECU-PID 190 2-24ED-USER-CMNTY 190 2-25ED-USER-SECU 190 2-26ENT-CHALLENGE-RESPONSE 190

2-27ENT-IPSEC-PLCY 190 2-28


TL1 security and administration commands (continued)

ENT-USER-SECU 190 2-30INH-USER-SECU 190 2-31INIT-WARM 190 2-32RST-PROV 190 2-32RTRV-ATTR-CSA 190 2-34RTRV-ATTR-REMAUTH 190 2-36RTRV-AUDIT-SECULOG 190 2-37RTRV-BANNER 190 2-38RTRV-CHALLENGE 190 2-39RTRV-DFLT-SECU 190 2-40RTRV-HDR 190 2-41RTRV-IKE-PLCY 190 2-42RTRV-IPSEC-ACTV 190 2-43RTRV-IPSEC-PROV 190 2-45RTRV-IPSEC-SA 190 2-47RTRV-USER 190 2-49RTRV-USER-SECU 190 2-51SAV-PROV 190 2-52SET-ATTR-CSA 190 2-53SET-ATTR-REMAUTH 190 2-55SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT 190 2-55SET-BANNER-LINE 190 2-56SET-CHALLENGE-SECRET 190 2-57SET-SID 190 2-58VALD-PROV 190 2-60

TL1 security and administration commands, ACT-USER, ETS Comms module 190 17-14

TL1 security and administration commands, ALW-LOG-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-15

TL1 security and administration commands, ALW-MSG-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-17

TL1 security and administration commands, ALW-USER-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-18

TL1 security and administration commands, CANC-USER, ETS Comms module 190 17-18

TL1 security and administration commands, CANC-USER-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-19

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-88 Master index

TL1 security and administration commands, DLT-USER-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-20

TL1 security and administration commands, ED-DAT, ETS Comms module 190 17-20

TL1 security and administration commands, ED-PID, ETS Comms module 190 17-21

TL1 security and administration commands, ED-USER-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-22

TL1 security and administration commands, ENT-USER-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-24

TL1 security and administration commands, INH-LOG-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-26

TL1 security and administration commands, INH-MSG-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-27

TL1 security and administration commands, INH-USER-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-28

TL1 security and administration commands, RTRV-ALM-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-28

TL1 security and administration commands, RTRV-ATTR-SECULOG, ETS Comms module 190 17-30

TL1 security and administration commands, RTRV-HDR, ETS Comms module 190 17-32

TL1 security and administration commands, RTRV-STATUS, ETS Comms module 190 17-33

TL1 security and administration commands, RTRV-USER-SECU, ETS Comms module 190 17-34

TL1 security and administration commands, SET-ATTR-SECUALM, ETS Comms module 190 17-36

TL1 security and administration commands, SET-ATTR-SECULOG, ETS Comms module 190 17-37


TL1 security and administration commands, SET-SID, ETS Comms module 190 17-38

TL1 system commandsACT-LASER 190 3-3ED-IP 190 3-3ED-IP-BGP 190 3-8ED-IP-DNS 190 3-10ED-IP-NAT 190 3-11ED-IP-OSPF 190 3-13ED-NE-CFG 190 3-17ED-NE-FEAT 190 3-20ED-NE-NAME 190 3-22ENT-NE-CFG 190 3-23RTRV-ATTR-IFS 190 3-29RTRV-IP 190 3-30RTRV-IP-BGP 190 3-33RTRV-IP-DNS 190 3-34RTRV-IP-NAT 190 3-36RTRV-IP-OSPF 190 3-37RTRV-NE-CFG 190 3-39RTRV-NE-FEAT 190 3-41RTRV-NE-LIST 190 3-42RTRV-NE-NAME 190 3-44RTRV-NETYPE 190 3-45RTRV-STATUS 190 3-47RTRV-SW-VER 190 3-49SET-ATTR-IFS 190 3-51SET-NETYPE 190 3-51

TL1 system commands, INIT-LOG, ETS Comms module 190 17-38

TL1 system commands, INIT-LOG, ETS Switch module 190 18-3

TL1 system commands, INIT-SYS, ETS Comms module 190 17-39

TL1 system commands, INIT-SYS, ETS Switch module 190 18-4

TL1 system commands, RTRV-LOG, ETS Comms module 190 17-40

TL1 system commands, RTRV-LOG, ETS Switch module 190 18-4

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-89

topologiesbasic network 110 3-28bridged linear 110 3-30bridged linear and ring 110 3-33bridged ring 110 3-31combining compound 110 3-36compound 110 3-29deployment rules

bridged linear and ring systems 110 3-52

bridged linear systems 110 3-49bridged ring systems 110 3-51combined compound systems 110 3-54CWDM linear systems 110 3-41CWDM ring systems 110 3-47DWDM linear systems 110 3-37DWDM ring systems 110 3-44general 110 3-37ITU CWDM linear systems 110 3-42ITU CWDM ring systems 110 3-48OMX-less linear systems 110 3-43

dual hub and spoke 110 3-31hub and spoke 110 3-30linear 110 3-28ring 110 3-29

TPT. See transponder protection traytraffic

adding to a Muxponder circuit pack 310 3-166

adding to an OCLD circuit pack 310 3-155adding to an OTR circuit pack 310 3-160creating two unprotected paths from one

protected MOTR path 310 3-194creating two unprotected paths from one

protected OCLD path 310 3-182creating two unprotected paths from one

protected OTR path 310 3-187demands, understanding 110 9-1forcing to one path on path-protected

system 310 3-175removing a forced path switch 310 3-179removing from a Muxponder circuit

pack 310 3-168removing from an OCI circuit pack 310

3-153


traffic (continued)removing from an OCLD circuit pack 310

3-157removing from an OTR circuit pack 310

3-163switching off a span in a path-protected

network 310 4-21traffic patterns

about 110 3-25bridged 110 3-27dual hubbed 110 3-26general types 110 1-7hubbed 110 3-26linear OADM 110 3-25meshed 110 3-27models 110 3-111optical channel 110 1-7point-to-point 110 3-25

transmitter topologies 110 3-160transponder protection tray

about 102 24-1accessing connectors 221 1-54alarms, clearing 542 20-1connect Muxponder circuit packs to

subtending equipment through 221 3-352

connect OTR circuit packs to subtending equipment through 221 3-169

connectors 102 24-6equipping rules 110 12-40installing 201 4-113, 210 4-56location 102 24-6ordering 110 13-108provisioning manually 310 3-131replacing 546 2-119routing fibers 201 9-75specifications 180 1-35

transponder protection tray alarmsOptical Tray Mismatch 542 20-3Optical Tray Missing 542 20-6Unknown Circuit Pack 542 20-8

transport mode, OCI SRM GbE/FC, provisioning 310 3-74

trays in a drawer, installing 201 4-160, 210 4-81

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-90 Master index

troubleshootingfault sectionalization 542 2-1intersite fault sectionalization 542 2-2intrasite fault sectionalization 542 2-3isolating faults with no alarms 542 1-4OME1110 542 27-1Optical Metro 5100/5200 542 1-1SLECSLEC status descriptions 542 2-17Solaris environment variables 542 1-3startup and operation, OME1110 542 27-2TL1 backup failure 190 15-13TL1 restore failure 190 15-15Web browser 542 1-2

Troubleshooting window 101 6-7, 101 7-137trunk switch protection 110 2-12tunable laser circuit packs 102 4-25

Uuniversal fiber tool 201 10-4, 210 9-5unprotected path, adding path protection 310

3-171upgrading

1.25 Gbit/s OCM to OC48 OCM 310 3-232

bootloaderPC 546 3-116Preside 546 3-122Solaris 546 3-119

software load on a replacement SP circuit pack


user accountadding 310 2-6changing 310 2-8deleting 310 2-12managing 310 2-1viewing details 310 2-5

user classes, customer 101 6-7user interface 101 7-2user levels, about 310 1-2User Profile List window 101 7-140


user provisionable slot numbersabout 101 6-5disabling 310 1-126enabling 310 1-126provisioning 310 3-137rules for provisioning 101 6-5, 101 6-7

User-based Security model (USM)creating a USM user 310 3-278

using the Optical Metro gateway network element, TL1 interface 190 1-32

USM user profileviewing, adding, deleting, modifying 310

2-44

VVALD-PROV, TL1 security and

administration commands 190 2-60VCAT

defect condition and conditioning 110 3-102

sequence numbering 110 3-101vendor specific attributes for RADIUS

security 110 11-43vertical fiber brackets

about 102 3-1installing 201 4-23location 102 3-2

VOA drawer, installing 201 4-113VOA drawer with one tray, installing 210

4-56VOA drawer with two trays, installing 210

4-56VOA tray, installing 210 4-81

Wwarnings

locating with System Manager 542 3-2types 542 3-2

wavelengthsC-band and L-band 110 1-18CWDM 110 1-16DWDM 110 1-12filters 110 2-8grouping into bands 110 1-17ITU CWDM 110 1-16

Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

Master index 4-91

WDMoptical layer 110 3-116parallel site configurations 110 3-155serial site configurations 110 3-155slot configurations

5100 110 12-125200 110 12-4

WDM networkabout 110 1-1optical layer 110 1-2Optical Metro 5100/5200 solution 110 1-3service layer 110 1-3

Web browserconfiguring Internet Explorer 220 1-33configuring Netscape Communicator 220

1-35troubleshooting 542 1-2Windows Vista/2000/XP

downloading software from CD-ROM 220 1-7

worksheets, band and channel allocation 110 9-4

WSCports, connect to subtending

equipment 221 3-102putting facility in-service 310 3-80

XXFP module

adapter housing, cleaning 201 10-19, 210 9-20

installing 201 8-11, 210 7-14ordering 110 13-92replacing 546 3-61

ry 323-1701-090 Rel 10.0 Iss 1 Std Aug 2007

4-92 Master index


Copyright 2000–2007 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved

This document is protected by copyright laws and international treaties. All information, copyrights and any other intellectual property rights contained in this document are the property of Nortel Networks. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein and this document shall not be published, copied, produced or reproduced, modified, translated, compiled, distributed, displayed or transmitted, in whole or part, in any form or media.

Nortel

Optical Metro 5100/5200About the Optical Metro 5100/5200 NTP Library

323-1701-090Standard Release 10.0 Issue 1August 2007Printed in Canada

This information is provided “as is”, and Nortel Networks does not make or provide any warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, including any implied warranties of merchantability, non-infringement of third party intellectual property rights, and fitness for a particular purpose.

Nortel, the Nortel logo, the Globemark, and OPTera are trademarks of Nortel Networks.

HP and HP-UX are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard, Inc. Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corporation. Internet Explorer, Windows, and Windows Vista are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Netscape Communicator is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation. Common Desktop Environment, Java, Solaris, and Ultra are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Company Limited.

prueba servicios

Documents